|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * misc2.c: Various functions.
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 #ifdef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
|
|
16 # include <fcntl.h> /* for chdir() */
|
|
|
17 #endif
|
|
|
18
|
|
359
|
19 static char_u *username = NULL; /* cached result of mch_get_user_name() */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 static char_u *ff_expand_buffer = NULL; /* used for expanding filenames */
|
|
|
22
|
|
7
|
23 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
24 static int coladvance2 __ARGS((pos_T *pos, int addspaces, int finetune, colnr_T wcol));
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * Return TRUE if in the current mode we need to use virtual.
|
|
|
28 */
|
|
|
29 int
|
|
|
30 virtual_active()
|
|
|
31 {
|
|
|
32 /* While an operator is being executed we return "virtual_op", because
|
|
|
33 * VIsual_active has already been reset, thus we can't check for "block"
|
|
|
34 * being used. */
|
|
|
35 if (virtual_op != MAYBE)
|
|
|
36 return virtual_op;
|
|
|
37 return (ve_flags == VE_ALL
|
|
|
38 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
39 || ((ve_flags & VE_BLOCK) && VIsual_active && VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
40 # endif
|
|
|
41 || ((ve_flags & VE_INSERT) && (State & INSERT)));
|
|
|
42 }
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
44 /*
|
|
|
45 * Get the screen position of the cursor.
|
|
|
46 */
|
|
|
47 int
|
|
|
48 getviscol()
|
|
|
49 {
|
|
|
50 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
52 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
53 return (int)x;
|
|
|
54 }
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /*
|
|
|
57 * Get the screen position of character col with a coladd in the cursor line.
|
|
|
58 */
|
|
|
59 int
|
|
|
60 getviscol2(col, coladd)
|
|
|
61 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
62 colnr_T coladd;
|
|
|
63 {
|
|
|
64 colnr_T x;
|
|
|
65 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 pos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
68 pos.col = col;
|
|
|
69 pos.coladd = coladd;
|
|
|
70 getvvcol(curwin, &pos, &x, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
71 return (int)x;
|
|
|
72 }
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 /*
|
|
|
75 * Go to column "wcol", and add/insert white space as neccessary to get the
|
|
|
76 * cursor in that column.
|
|
|
77 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo!
|
|
|
78 */
|
|
|
79 int
|
|
|
80 coladvance_force(wcol)
|
|
|
81 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
82 {
|
|
|
83 int rc = coladvance2(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE, FALSE, wcol);
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
85 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
86 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
87 else
|
|
|
88 {
|
|
|
89 /* Virtcol is valid */
|
|
|
90 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
91 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
92 }
|
|
|
93 return rc;
|
|
|
94 }
|
|
|
95 #endif
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /*
|
|
|
98 * Try to advance the Cursor to the specified screen column.
|
|
|
99 * If virtual editing: fine tune the cursor position.
|
|
|
100 * Note that all virtual positions off the end of a line should share
|
|
|
101 * a curwin->w_cursor.col value (n.b. this is equal to STRLEN(line)),
|
|
|
102 * beginning at coladd 0.
|
|
|
103 *
|
|
|
104 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
105 */
|
|
|
106 int
|
|
|
107 coladvance(wcol)
|
|
|
108 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
109 {
|
|
|
110 int rc = getvpos(&curwin->w_cursor, wcol);
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
112 if (wcol == MAXCOL || rc == FAIL)
|
|
|
113 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
44
|
114 else if (*ml_get_cursor() != TAB)
|
|
7
|
115 {
|
|
44
|
116 /* Virtcol is valid when not on a TAB */
|
|
7
|
117 curwin->w_valid |= VALID_VIRTCOL;
|
|
|
118 curwin->w_virtcol = wcol;
|
|
|
119 }
|
|
|
120 return rc;
|
|
|
121 }
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Return in "pos" the position of the cursor advanced to screen column "wcol".
|
|
|
125 * return OK if desired column is reached, FAIL if not
|
|
|
126 */
|
|
|
127 int
|
|
|
128 getvpos(pos, wcol)
|
|
|
129 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
130 colnr_T wcol;
|
|
|
131 {
|
|
|
132 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
133 return coladvance2(pos, FALSE, virtual_active(), wcol);
|
|
|
134 }
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
136 static int
|
|
|
137 coladvance2(pos, addspaces, finetune, wcol)
|
|
|
138 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
139 int addspaces; /* change the text to achieve our goal? */
|
|
|
140 int finetune; /* change char offset for the excact column */
|
|
|
141 colnr_T wcol; /* column to move to */
|
|
|
142 {
|
|
|
143 #endif
|
|
|
144 int idx;
|
|
|
145 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
146 char_u *line;
|
|
|
147 colnr_T col = 0;
|
|
|
148 int csize = 0;
|
|
|
149 int one_more;
|
|
|
150 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
151 int head = 0;
|
|
|
152 #endif
|
|
|
153
|
|
772
|
154 one_more = (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
155 || restart_edit != NUL
|
|
7
|
156 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
772
|
157 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
782
|
160 || ((ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) && wcol < MAXCOL)
|
|
772
|
161 #endif
|
|
|
162 ;
|
|
7
|
163 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
165 if (wcol >= MAXCOL)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 idx = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1 + one_more;
|
|
|
168 col = wcol;
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
171 if ((addspaces || finetune) && !VIsual_active)
|
|
|
172 {
|
|
|
173 curwin->w_curswant = linetabsize(line) + one_more;
|
|
|
174 if (curwin->w_curswant > 0)
|
|
|
175 --curwin->w_curswant;
|
|
|
176 }
|
|
|
177 #endif
|
|
|
178 }
|
|
|
179 else
|
|
|
180 {
|
|
|
181 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
182 int width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - win_col_off(curwin);
|
|
|
183
|
|
620
|
184 if (finetune
|
|
7
|
185 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
186 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
187 && curwin->w_width != 0
|
|
|
188 # endif
|
|
|
189 && wcol >= (colnr_T)width)
|
|
|
190 {
|
|
|
191 csize = linetabsize(line);
|
|
|
192 if (csize > 0)
|
|
|
193 csize--;
|
|
|
194
|
|
620
|
195 if (wcol / width > (colnr_T)csize / width
|
|
|
196 && ((State & INSERT) == 0 || (int)wcol > csize + 1))
|
|
7
|
197 {
|
|
|
198 /* In case of line wrapping don't move the cursor beyond the
|
|
620
|
199 * right screen edge. In Insert mode allow going just beyond
|
|
|
200 * the last character (like what happens when typing and
|
|
|
201 * reaching the right window edge). */
|
|
7
|
202 wcol = (csize / width + 1) * width - 1;
|
|
|
203 }
|
|
|
204 }
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 idx = -1;
|
|
|
208 ptr = line;
|
|
|
209 while (col <= wcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
210 {
|
|
|
211 /* Count a tab for what it's worth (if list mode not on) */
|
|
|
212 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
213 csize = win_lbr_chartabsize(curwin, ptr, col, &head);
|
|
39
|
214 mb_ptr_adv(ptr);
|
|
7
|
215 #else
|
|
|
216 csize = lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, col);
|
|
|
217 #endif
|
|
|
218 col += csize;
|
|
|
219 }
|
|
|
220 idx = (int)(ptr - line);
|
|
|
221 /*
|
|
|
222 * Handle all the special cases. The virtual_active() check
|
|
|
223 * is needed to ensure that a virtual position off the end of
|
|
|
224 * a line has the correct indexing. The one_more comparison
|
|
|
225 * replaces an explicit add of one_more later on.
|
|
|
226 */
|
|
|
227 if (col > wcol || (!virtual_active() && one_more == 0))
|
|
|
228 {
|
|
|
229 idx -= 1;
|
|
|
230 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
231 /* Don't count the chars from 'showbreak'. */
|
|
|
232 csize -= head;
|
|
|
233 # endif
|
|
|
234 col -= csize;
|
|
|
235 }
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
238 if (virtual_active()
|
|
|
239 && addspaces
|
|
|
240 && ((col != wcol && col != wcol + 1) || csize > 1))
|
|
|
241 {
|
|
|
242 /* 'virtualedit' is set: The difference between wcol and col is
|
|
|
243 * filled with spaces. */
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
245 if (line[idx] == NUL)
|
|
|
246 {
|
|
|
247 /* Append spaces */
|
|
|
248 int correct = wcol - col;
|
|
|
249 char_u *newline = alloc(idx + correct + 1);
|
|
|
250 int t;
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 if (newline == NULL)
|
|
|
253 return FAIL;
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 for (t = 0; t < idx; ++t)
|
|
|
256 newline[t] = line[t];
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
258 for (t = 0; t < correct; ++t)
|
|
|
259 newline[t + idx] = ' ';
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 newline[idx + correct] = NUL;
|
|
|
262
|
|
|
263 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
264 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, (colnr_T)idx);
|
|
|
265 idx += correct;
|
|
|
266 col = wcol;
|
|
|
267 }
|
|
|
268 else
|
|
|
269 {
|
|
|
270 /* Break a tab */
|
|
|
271 int linelen = (int)STRLEN(line);
|
|
|
272 int correct = wcol - col - csize + 1; /* negative!! */
|
|
|
273 char_u *newline = alloc(linelen + csize);
|
|
|
274 int t, s = 0;
|
|
|
275 int v;
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 /*
|
|
|
278 * break a tab
|
|
|
279 */
|
|
|
280 if (newline == NULL || -correct > csize)
|
|
|
281 return FAIL;
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 for (t = 0; t < linelen; t++)
|
|
|
284 {
|
|
|
285 if (t != idx)
|
|
|
286 newline[s++] = line[t];
|
|
|
287 else
|
|
|
288 for (v = 0; v < csize; v++)
|
|
|
289 newline[s++] = ' ';
|
|
|
290 }
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
292 newline[linelen + csize - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
294 ml_replace(pos->lnum, newline, FALSE);
|
|
|
295 changed_bytes(pos->lnum, idx);
|
|
|
296 idx += (csize - 1 + correct);
|
|
|
297 col += correct;
|
|
|
298 }
|
|
|
299 }
|
|
|
300 #endif
|
|
|
301 }
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
303 if (idx < 0)
|
|
|
304 pos->col = 0;
|
|
|
305 else
|
|
|
306 pos->col = idx;
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
309 pos->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
310
|
|
|
311 if (finetune)
|
|
|
312 {
|
|
|
313 if (wcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
314 {
|
|
|
315 /* The width of the last character is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
316 if (!one_more)
|
|
|
317 {
|
|
|
318 colnr_T scol, ecol;
|
|
|
319
|
|
|
320 getvcol(curwin, pos, &scol, NULL, &ecol);
|
|
|
321 pos->coladd = ecol - scol;
|
|
|
322 }
|
|
|
323 }
|
|
|
324 else
|
|
|
325 {
|
|
|
326 int b = (int)wcol - (int)col;
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 /* The difference between wcol and col is used to set coladd. */
|
|
|
329 if (b > 0 && b < (MAXCOL - 2 * W_WIDTH(curwin)))
|
|
|
330 pos->coladd = b;
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 col += b;
|
|
|
333 }
|
|
|
334 }
|
|
|
335 #endif
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
338 /* prevent cursor from moving on the trail byte */
|
|
|
339 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
340 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
341 #endif
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
343 if (col < wcol)
|
|
|
344 return FAIL;
|
|
|
345 return OK;
|
|
|
346 }
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
348 /*
|
|
|
349 * inc(p)
|
|
|
350 *
|
|
|
351 * Increment the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
352 * Return 1 when going to the next line.
|
|
|
353 * Return 2 when moving forward onto a NUL at the end of the line).
|
|
|
354 * Return -1 when at the end of file.
|
|
|
355 * Return 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
356 */
|
|
|
357 int
|
|
|
358 inc_cursor()
|
|
|
359 {
|
|
|
360 return inc(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
361 }
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
363 int
|
|
|
364 inc(lp)
|
|
|
365 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
|
367 char_u *p = ml_get_pos(lp);
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 if (*p != NUL) /* still within line, move to next char (may be NUL) */
|
|
|
370 {
|
|
|
371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
372 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
373 {
|
|
474
|
374 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
375
|
|
|
376 lp->col += l;
|
|
|
377 return ((p[l] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
378 }
|
|
|
379 #endif
|
|
|
380 lp->col++;
|
|
|
381 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
382 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
383 #endif
|
|
|
384 return ((p[1] != NUL) ? 0 : 2);
|
|
|
385 }
|
|
|
386 if (lp->lnum != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) /* there is a next line */
|
|
|
387 {
|
|
|
388 lp->col = 0;
|
|
|
389 lp->lnum++;
|
|
|
390 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
391 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
392 #endif
|
|
|
393 return 1;
|
|
|
394 }
|
|
|
395 return -1;
|
|
|
396 }
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 /*
|
|
|
399 * incl(lp): same as inc(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
400 */
|
|
|
401 int
|
|
|
402 incl(lp)
|
|
|
403 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
404 {
|
|
|
405 int r;
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 if ((r = inc(lp)) >= 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
408 r = inc(lp);
|
|
|
409 return r;
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 /*
|
|
|
413 * dec(p)
|
|
|
414 *
|
|
|
415 * Decrement the line pointer 'p' crossing line boundaries as necessary.
|
|
|
416 * Return 1 when crossing a line, -1 when at start of file, 0 otherwise.
|
|
|
417 */
|
|
|
418 int
|
|
|
419 dec_cursor()
|
|
|
420 {
|
|
|
421 return dec(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
422 }
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 int
|
|
|
425 dec(lp)
|
|
|
426 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
427 {
|
|
|
428 char_u *p;
|
|
|
429
|
|
|
430 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
431 lp->coladd = 0;
|
|
|
432 #endif
|
|
|
433 if (lp->col > 0) /* still within line */
|
|
|
434 {
|
|
|
435 lp->col--;
|
|
|
436 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
437 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
438 {
|
|
|
439 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
440 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
441 }
|
|
|
442 #endif
|
|
|
443 return 0;
|
|
|
444 }
|
|
|
445 if (lp->lnum > 1) /* there is a prior line */
|
|
|
446 {
|
|
|
447 lp->lnum--;
|
|
|
448 p = ml_get(lp->lnum);
|
|
|
449 lp->col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
450 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
451 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
452 lp->col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + lp->col);
|
|
|
453 #endif
|
|
|
454 return 1;
|
|
|
455 }
|
|
|
456 return -1; /* at start of file */
|
|
|
457 }
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
459 /*
|
|
|
460 * decl(lp): same as dec(), but skip the NUL at the end of non-empty lines
|
|
|
461 */
|
|
|
462 int
|
|
|
463 decl(lp)
|
|
|
464 pos_T *lp;
|
|
|
465 {
|
|
|
466 int r;
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
468 if ((r = dec(lp)) == 1 && lp->col)
|
|
|
469 r = dec(lp);
|
|
|
470 return r;
|
|
|
471 }
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
473 /*
|
|
|
474 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.lnum is valid.
|
|
|
475 */
|
|
|
476 void
|
|
|
477 check_cursor_lnum()
|
|
|
478 {
|
|
|
479 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
480 {
|
|
|
481 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
482 /* If there is a closed fold at the end of the file, put the cursor in
|
|
|
483 * its first line. Otherwise in the last line. */
|
|
|
484 if (!hasFolding(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count,
|
|
|
485 &curwin->w_cursor.lnum, NULL))
|
|
|
486 #endif
|
|
|
487 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
488 }
|
|
|
489 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= 0)
|
|
|
490 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
491 }
|
|
|
492
|
|
|
493 /*
|
|
|
494 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor.col is valid.
|
|
|
495 */
|
|
|
496 void
|
|
|
497 check_cursor_col()
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
500 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
501 colnr_T oldcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
502 #endif
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
504 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
505 if (len == 0)
|
|
|
506 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
507 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col >= len)
|
|
|
508 {
|
|
|
509 /* Allow cursor past end-of-line in Insert mode, restarting Insert
|
|
|
510 * mode or when in Visual mode and 'selection' isn't "old" */
|
|
620
|
511 if ((State & INSERT) || restart_edit
|
|
7
|
512 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
513 || (VIsual_active && *p_sel != 'o')
|
|
|
514 #endif
|
|
|
515 || virtual_active())
|
|
|
516 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
517 else
|
|
|
518 curwin->w_cursor.col = len - 1;
|
|
|
519 }
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
521 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
522 /* If virtual editing is on, we can leave the cursor on the old position,
|
|
|
523 * only we must set it to virtual. But don't do it when at the end of the
|
|
|
524 * line. */
|
|
|
525 if (oldcol == MAXCOL)
|
|
|
526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
527 else if (ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
528 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = oldcol - curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
529 #endif
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 /*
|
|
|
533 * make sure curwin->w_cursor in on a valid character
|
|
|
534 */
|
|
|
535 void
|
|
|
536 check_cursor()
|
|
|
537 {
|
|
|
538 check_cursor_lnum();
|
|
|
539 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
540 }
|
|
|
541
|
|
|
542 #if defined(FEAT_TEXTOBJ) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
543 /*
|
|
|
544 * Make sure curwin->w_cursor is not on the NUL at the end of the line.
|
|
|
545 * Allow it when in Visual mode and 'selection' is not "old".
|
|
|
546 */
|
|
|
547 void
|
|
|
548 adjust_cursor_col()
|
|
|
549 {
|
|
|
550 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
551 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
552 && (!VIsual_active || *p_sel == 'o')
|
|
|
553 # endif
|
|
|
554 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
555 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
556 }
|
|
|
557 #endif
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
559 /*
|
|
|
560 * When curwin->w_leftcol has changed, adjust the cursor position.
|
|
|
561 * Return TRUE if the cursor was moved.
|
|
|
562 */
|
|
|
563 int
|
|
|
564 leftcol_changed()
|
|
|
565 {
|
|
|
566 long lastcol;
|
|
|
567 colnr_T s, e;
|
|
|
568 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
571 lastcol = curwin->w_leftcol + W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin_col_off() - 1;
|
|
|
572 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
573
|
|
|
574 /*
|
|
|
575 * If the cursor is right or left of the screen, move it to last or first
|
|
|
576 * character.
|
|
|
577 */
|
|
|
578 if (curwin->w_virtcol > (colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso))
|
|
|
579 {
|
|
|
580 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
581 coladvance((colnr_T)(lastcol - p_siso));
|
|
|
582 }
|
|
|
583 else if (curwin->w_virtcol < curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso)
|
|
|
584 {
|
|
|
585 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
586 (void)coladvance((colnr_T)(curwin->w_leftcol + p_siso));
|
|
|
587 }
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
589 /*
|
|
|
590 * If the start of the character under the cursor is not on the screen,
|
|
|
591 * advance the cursor one more char. If this fails (last char of the
|
|
|
592 * line) adjust the scrolling.
|
|
|
593 */
|
|
|
594 getvvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &s, NULL, &e);
|
|
|
595 if (e > (colnr_T)lastcol)
|
|
|
596 {
|
|
|
597 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
598 coladvance(s - 1);
|
|
|
599 }
|
|
|
600 else if (s < curwin->w_leftcol)
|
|
|
601 {
|
|
|
602 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
603 if (coladvance(e + 1) == FAIL) /* there isn't another character */
|
|
|
604 {
|
|
|
605 curwin->w_leftcol = s; /* adjust w_leftcol instead */
|
|
|
606 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608 }
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
610 if (retval)
|
|
|
611 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
612 redraw_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
613 return retval;
|
|
|
614 }
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 /**********************************************************************
|
|
|
617 * Various routines dealing with allocation and deallocation of memory.
|
|
|
618 */
|
|
|
619
|
|
|
620 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 # define MEM_SIZES 8200
|
|
|
623 static long_u mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
624 static long_u mem_frees[MEM_SIZES];
|
|
|
625 static long_u mem_allocated;
|
|
|
626 static long_u mem_freed;
|
|
|
627 static long_u mem_peak;
|
|
|
628 static long_u num_alloc;
|
|
|
629 static long_u num_freed;
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
631 static void mem_pre_alloc_s __ARGS((size_t *sizep));
|
|
|
632 static void mem_pre_alloc_l __ARGS((long_u *sizep));
|
|
|
633 static void mem_post_alloc __ARGS((void **pp, size_t size));
|
|
|
634 static void mem_pre_free __ARGS((void **pp));
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
636 static void
|
|
|
637 mem_pre_alloc_s(sizep)
|
|
|
638 size_t *sizep;
|
|
|
639 {
|
|
|
640 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
641 }
|
|
|
642
|
|
|
643 static void
|
|
|
644 mem_pre_alloc_l(sizep)
|
|
|
645 long_u *sizep;
|
|
|
646 {
|
|
|
647 *sizep += sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
648 }
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 static void
|
|
|
651 mem_post_alloc(pp, size)
|
|
|
652 void **pp;
|
|
|
653 size_t size;
|
|
|
654 {
|
|
|
655 if (*pp == NULL)
|
|
|
656 return;
|
|
|
657 size -= sizeof(size_t);
|
|
|
658 *(long_u *)*pp = size;
|
|
|
659 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
660 mem_allocs[size-1]++;
|
|
|
661 else
|
|
|
662 mem_allocs[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
663 mem_allocated += size;
|
|
|
664 if (mem_allocated - mem_freed > mem_peak)
|
|
|
665 mem_peak = mem_allocated - mem_freed;
|
|
|
666 num_alloc++;
|
|
|
667 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp + sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
668 }
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
670 static void
|
|
|
671 mem_pre_free(pp)
|
|
|
672 void **pp;
|
|
|
673 {
|
|
|
674 long_u size;
|
|
|
675
|
|
|
676 *pp = (void *)((char *)*pp - sizeof(size_t));
|
|
|
677 size = *(size_t *)*pp;
|
|
|
678 if (size <= MEM_SIZES-1)
|
|
|
679 mem_frees[size-1]++;
|
|
|
680 else
|
|
|
681 mem_frees[MEM_SIZES-1]++;
|
|
|
682 mem_freed += size;
|
|
|
683 num_freed++;
|
|
|
684 }
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
686 /*
|
|
|
687 * called on exit via atexit()
|
|
|
688 */
|
|
|
689 void
|
|
|
690 vim_mem_profile_dump()
|
|
|
691 {
|
|
|
692 int i, j;
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
694 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
695 j = 0;
|
|
|
696 for (i = 0; i < MEM_SIZES - 1; i++)
|
|
|
697 {
|
|
|
698 if (mem_allocs[i] || mem_frees[i])
|
|
|
699 {
|
|
|
700 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
701 printf("\r\n%s", _("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
702 printf("[%4d / %4lu-%-4lu] ", i + 1, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
703 j++;
|
|
|
704 if (j > 3)
|
|
|
705 {
|
|
|
706 j = 0;
|
|
|
707 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
708 }
|
|
|
709 }
|
|
|
710 }
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
712 i = MEM_SIZES - 1;
|
|
|
713 if (mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 printf("\r\n");
|
|
|
716 if (mem_frees[i] > mem_allocs[i])
|
|
|
717 printf(_("ERROR: "));
|
|
|
718 printf("[>%d / %4lu-%-4lu]", i, mem_allocs[i], mem_frees[i]);
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 printf(_("\n[bytes] total alloc-freed %lu-%lu, in use %lu, peak use %lu\n"),
|
|
|
722 mem_allocated, mem_freed, mem_allocated - mem_freed, mem_peak);
|
|
|
723 printf(_("[calls] total re/malloc()'s %lu, total free()'s %lu\n\n"),
|
|
|
724 num_alloc, num_freed);
|
|
|
725 }
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
727 #endif /* MEM_PROFILE */
|
|
|
728
|
|
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * Some memory is reserved for error messages and for being able to
|
|
|
731 * call mf_release_all(), which needs some memory for mf_trans_add().
|
|
|
732 */
|
|
|
733 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
734 # define SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
735 # define KEEP_ROOM 8192L
|
|
|
736 #else
|
|
|
737 # define KEEP_ROOM (2 * 8192L)
|
|
|
738 #endif
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
740 /*
|
|
|
741 * Note: if unsinged is 16 bits we can only allocate up to 64K with alloc().
|
|
|
742 * Use lalloc for larger blocks.
|
|
|
743 */
|
|
|
744 char_u *
|
|
|
745 alloc(size)
|
|
|
746 unsigned size;
|
|
|
747 {
|
|
|
748 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
749 }
|
|
|
750
|
|
|
751 /*
|
|
|
752 * Allocate memory and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
753 */
|
|
|
754 char_u *
|
|
|
755 alloc_clear(size)
|
|
|
756 unsigned size;
|
|
|
757 {
|
|
|
758 char_u *p;
|
|
|
759
|
|
|
760 p = (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
761 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
762 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
763 return p;
|
|
|
764 }
|
|
|
765
|
|
|
766 /*
|
|
|
767 * alloc() with check for maximum line length
|
|
|
768 */
|
|
|
769 char_u *
|
|
|
770 alloc_check(size)
|
|
|
771 unsigned size;
|
|
|
772 {
|
|
|
773 #if !defined(UNIX) && !defined(__EMX__)
|
|
|
774 if (sizeof(int) == 2 && size > 0x7fff)
|
|
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
777 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
778 EMSG(_("E340: Line is becoming too long"));
|
|
|
779 return NULL;
|
|
|
780 }
|
|
|
781 #endif
|
|
|
782 return (lalloc((long_u)size, TRUE));
|
|
|
783 }
|
|
|
784
|
|
|
785 /*
|
|
|
786 * Allocate memory like lalloc() and set all bytes to zero.
|
|
|
787 */
|
|
|
788 char_u *
|
|
|
789 lalloc_clear(size, message)
|
|
|
790 long_u size;
|
|
|
791 int message;
|
|
|
792 {
|
|
|
793 char_u *p;
|
|
|
794
|
|
|
795 p = (lalloc(size, message));
|
|
|
796 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
797 (void)vim_memset(p, 0, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
798 return p;
|
|
|
799 }
|
|
|
800
|
|
|
801 /*
|
|
|
802 * Low level memory allocation function.
|
|
|
803 * This is used often, KEEP IT FAST!
|
|
|
804 */
|
|
|
805 char_u *
|
|
|
806 lalloc(size, message)
|
|
|
807 long_u size;
|
|
|
808 int message;
|
|
|
809 {
|
|
|
810 char_u *p; /* pointer to new storage space */
|
|
|
811 static int releasing = FALSE; /* don't do mf_release_all() recursive */
|
|
|
812 int try_again;
|
|
|
813 #if defined(HAVE_AVAIL_MEM) && !defined(SMALL_MEM)
|
|
|
814 static long_u allocated = 0; /* allocated since last avail check */
|
|
|
815 #endif
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 /* Safety check for allocating zero bytes */
|
|
|
818 if (size == 0)
|
|
|
819 {
|
|
|
820 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
821 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
822 EMSGN(_("E341: Internal error: lalloc(%ld, )"), size);
|
|
|
823 return NULL;
|
|
|
824 }
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
827 mem_pre_alloc_l(&size);
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 #if defined(MSDOS) && !defined(DJGPP)
|
|
|
831 if (size >= 0xfff0) /* in MSDOS we can't deal with >64K blocks */
|
|
|
832 p = NULL;
|
|
|
833 else
|
|
|
834 #endif
|
|
|
835
|
|
|
836 /*
|
|
|
837 * Loop when out of memory: Try to release some memfile blocks and
|
|
|
838 * if some blocks are released call malloc again.
|
|
|
839 */
|
|
|
840 for (;;)
|
|
|
841 {
|
|
|
842 /*
|
|
|
843 * Handle three kind of systems:
|
|
|
844 * 1. No check for available memory: Just return.
|
|
|
845 * 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
846 * allocating KEEP_ROOM amount of memory.
|
|
|
847 * 3. Strict check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem()
|
|
|
848 */
|
|
|
849 if ((p = (char_u *)malloc((size_t)size)) != NULL)
|
|
|
850 {
|
|
|
851 #ifndef HAVE_AVAIL_MEM
|
|
|
852 /* 1. No check for available memory: Just return. */
|
|
|
853 goto theend;
|
|
|
854 #else
|
|
|
855 # ifndef SMALL_MEM
|
|
|
856 /* 2. Slow check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() after
|
|
|
857 * allocating (KEEP_ROOM / 2) amount of memory. */
|
|
|
858 allocated += size;
|
|
|
859 if (allocated < KEEP_ROOM / 2)
|
|
|
860 goto theend;
|
|
|
861 allocated = 0;
|
|
|
862 # endif
|
|
|
863 /* 3. check for available memory: call mch_avail_mem() */
|
|
|
864 if (mch_avail_mem(TRUE) < KEEP_ROOM && !releasing)
|
|
|
865 {
|
|
|
866 vim_free((char *)p); /* System is low... no go! */
|
|
|
867 p = NULL;
|
|
|
868 }
|
|
|
869 else
|
|
|
870 goto theend;
|
|
|
871 #endif
|
|
|
872 }
|
|
|
873 /*
|
|
|
874 * Remember that mf_release_all() is being called to avoid an endless
|
|
|
875 * loop, because mf_release_all() may call alloc() recursively.
|
|
|
876 */
|
|
|
877 if (releasing)
|
|
|
878 break;
|
|
|
879 releasing = TRUE;
|
|
448
|
880
|
|
|
881 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
|
882 try_again = mf_release_all(); /* release as many blocks as possible */
|
|
370
|
883 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
448
|
884 try_again |= garbage_collect(); /* cleanup recursive lists/dicts */
|
|
|
885 #endif
|
|
|
886
|
|
7
|
887 releasing = FALSE;
|
|
|
888 if (!try_again)
|
|
|
889 break;
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891
|
|
|
892 if (message && p == NULL)
|
|
|
893 do_outofmem_msg(size);
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
895 theend:
|
|
|
896 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
897 mem_post_alloc((void **)&p, (size_t)size);
|
|
|
898 #endif
|
|
|
899 return p;
|
|
|
900 }
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 #if defined(MEM_PROFILE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
903 /*
|
|
|
904 * realloc() with memory profiling.
|
|
|
905 */
|
|
|
906 void *
|
|
|
907 mem_realloc(ptr, size)
|
|
|
908 void *ptr;
|
|
|
909 size_t size;
|
|
|
910 {
|
|
|
911 void *p;
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913 mem_pre_free(&ptr);
|
|
|
914 mem_pre_alloc_s(&size);
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
916 p = realloc(ptr, size);
|
|
|
917
|
|
|
918 mem_post_alloc(&p, size);
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 return p;
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922 #endif
|
|
|
923
|
|
|
924 /*
|
|
|
925 * Avoid repeating the error message many times (they take 1 second each).
|
|
|
926 * Did_outofmem_msg is reset when a character is read.
|
|
|
927 */
|
|
|
928 void
|
|
|
929 do_outofmem_msg(size)
|
|
|
930 long_u size;
|
|
|
931 {
|
|
|
932 if (!did_outofmem_msg)
|
|
|
933 {
|
|
|
934 /* Don't hide this message */
|
|
|
935 emsg_silent = 0;
|
|
|
936 EMSGN(_("E342: Out of memory! (allocating %lu bytes)"), size);
|
|
|
937 did_outofmem_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
938 }
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940
|
|
356
|
941 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
359
|
942
|
|
|
943 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
944 static void free_findfile __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
945 # endif
|
|
|
946
|
|
356
|
947 /*
|
|
|
948 * Free everything that we allocated.
|
|
|
949 * Can be used to detect memory leaks, e.g., with ccmalloc.
|
|
359
|
950 * NOTE: This is tricky! Things are freed that functions depend on. Don't be
|
|
|
951 * surprised if Vim crashes...
|
|
|
952 * Some things can't be freed, esp. things local to a library function.
|
|
356
|
953 */
|
|
|
954 void
|
|
|
955 free_all_mem()
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 buf_T *buf, *nextbuf;
|
|
359
|
958 static int entered = FALSE;
|
|
644
|
959 win_T *win;
|
|
359
|
960
|
|
|
961 /* When we cause a crash here it is caught and Vim tries to exit cleanly.
|
|
|
962 * Don't try freeing everything again. */
|
|
|
963 if (entered)
|
|
|
964 return;
|
|
|
965 entered = TRUE;
|
|
356
|
966
|
|
|
967 ++autocmd_block; /* don't want to trigger autocommands here */
|
|
|
968
|
|
673
|
969 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
970 /* close all tabs and windows */
|
|
766
|
971 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
972 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"tabonly!");
|
|
|
973 if (firstwin != lastwin)
|
|
|
974 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"only!");
|
|
673
|
975 #endif
|
|
|
976
|
|
741
|
977 # if defined(FEAT_SPELL)
|
|
356
|
978 /* Free all spell info. */
|
|
|
979 spell_free_all();
|
|
|
980 # endif
|
|
|
981
|
|
359
|
982 # if defined(FEAT_USR_CMDS)
|
|
356
|
983 /* Clear user commands (before deleting buffers). */
|
|
|
984 ex_comclear(NULL);
|
|
359
|
985 # endif
|
|
356
|
986
|
|
|
987 # ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
988 /* Clear menus. */
|
|
|
989 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"aunmenu *");
|
|
|
990 # endif
|
|
|
991
|
|
359
|
992 /* Clear mappings, abbreviations, breakpoints. */
|
|
356
|
993 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear");
|
|
|
994 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"mapclear!");
|
|
|
995 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"abclear");
|
|
359
|
996 # if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
997 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"breakdel *");
|
|
|
998 # endif
|
|
362
|
999 # if defined(FEAT_PROFILE)
|
|
|
1000 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"profdel *");
|
|
|
1001 # endif
|
|
359
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 # ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1004 free_titles();
|
|
|
1005 # endif
|
|
|
1006 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
|
|
|
1007 free_findfile();
|
|
|
1008 # endif
|
|
356
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 /* Obviously named calls. */
|
|
|
1011 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
1012 free_all_autocmds();
|
|
|
1013 # endif
|
|
|
1014 clear_termcodes();
|
|
359
|
1015 free_all_options();
|
|
|
1016 free_all_marks();
|
|
|
1017 alist_clear(&global_alist);
|
|
|
1018 free_homedir();
|
|
|
1019 free_search_patterns();
|
|
|
1020 free_old_sub();
|
|
|
1021 free_last_insert();
|
|
|
1022 free_prev_shellcmd();
|
|
|
1023 free_regexp_stuff();
|
|
|
1024 free_tag_stuff();
|
|
|
1025 free_cd_dir();
|
|
|
1026 set_expr_line(NULL);
|
|
673
|
1027 diff_clear(curtab);
|
|
626
|
1028 clear_sb_text(); /* free any scrollback text */
|
|
359
|
1029
|
|
|
1030 /* Free some global vars. */
|
|
|
1031 vim_free(username);
|
|
|
1032 vim_free(clip_exclude_prog);
|
|
|
1033 vim_free(last_cmdline);
|
|
|
1034 vim_free(new_last_cmdline);
|
|
680
|
1035 set_keep_msg(NULL, 0);
|
|
359
|
1036 vim_free(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
356
|
1037
|
|
|
1038 /* Clear cmdline history. */
|
|
|
1039 p_hi = 0;
|
|
|
1040 init_history();
|
|
|
1041
|
|
359
|
1042 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
644
|
1043 qf_free_all(NULL);
|
|
|
1044 /* Free all location lists */
|
|
|
1045 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(win)
|
|
|
1046 qf_free_all(win);
|
|
359
|
1047 #endif
|
|
|
1048
|
|
|
1049 /* Close all script inputs. */
|
|
|
1050 close_all_scripts();
|
|
|
1051
|
|
|
1052 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
1053 /* Destroy all windows. Must come before freeing buffers. */
|
|
|
1054 win_free_all();
|
|
|
1055 #endif
|
|
|
1056
|
|
356
|
1057 /* Free all buffers. */
|
|
|
1058 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; )
|
|
|
1059 {
|
|
|
1060 nextbuf = buf->b_next;
|
|
|
1061 close_buffer(NULL, buf, DOBUF_WIPE);
|
|
|
1062 if (buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
1063 buf = nextbuf; /* didn't work, try next one */
|
|
|
1064 else
|
|
|
1065 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
1066 }
|
|
|
1067
|
|
359
|
1068 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC
|
|
|
1069 free_cmdline_buf();
|
|
356
|
1070 #endif
|
|
|
1071
|
|
|
1072 /* Clear registers. */
|
|
|
1073 clear_registers();
|
|
|
1074 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1075 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
1076
|
|
359
|
1077 #ifdef FEAT_CLIENTSERVER
|
|
|
1078 vim_free(serverDelayedStartName);
|
|
|
1079 #endif
|
|
|
1080
|
|
356
|
1081 /* highlight info */
|
|
|
1082 free_highlight();
|
|
|
1083
|
|
362
|
1084 reset_last_sourcing();
|
|
|
1085
|
|
766
|
1086 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1087 vim_free(first_tabpage);
|
|
|
1088 #endif
|
|
|
1089
|
|
356
|
1090 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1091 /* Machine-specific free. */
|
|
|
1092 mch_free_mem();
|
|
|
1093 # endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* message history */
|
|
|
1096 for (;;)
|
|
|
1097 if (delete_first_msg() == FAIL)
|
|
|
1098 break;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
|
1100 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1101 eval_clear();
|
|
|
1102 # endif
|
|
|
1103
|
|
359
|
1104 free_termoptions();
|
|
|
1105
|
|
356
|
1106 /* screenlines (can't display anything now!) */
|
|
|
1107 free_screenlines();
|
|
|
1108
|
|
|
1109 #if defined(USE_XSMP)
|
|
|
1110 xsmp_close();
|
|
|
1111 #endif
|
|
359
|
1112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
1113 gui_mch_free_all();
|
|
|
1114 #endif
|
|
|
1115 clear_hl_tables();
|
|
356
|
1116
|
|
|
1117 vim_free(IObuff);
|
|
|
1118 vim_free(NameBuff);
|
|
|
1119 }
|
|
|
1120 #endif
|
|
|
1121
|
|
7
|
1122 /*
|
|
|
1123 * copy a string into newly allocated memory
|
|
|
1124 */
|
|
|
1125 char_u *
|
|
|
1126 vim_strsave(string)
|
|
|
1127 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1128 {
|
|
|
1129 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1130 unsigned len;
|
|
|
1131
|
|
|
1132 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(string) + 1;
|
|
|
1133 p = alloc(len);
|
|
|
1134 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1135 mch_memmove(p, string, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1136 return p;
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 char_u *
|
|
|
1140 vim_strnsave(string, len)
|
|
|
1141 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1142 int len;
|
|
|
1143 {
|
|
|
1144 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1145
|
|
|
1146 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1));
|
|
|
1147 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1148 {
|
|
|
1149 STRNCPY(p, string, len);
|
|
|
1150 p[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152 return p;
|
|
|
1153 }
|
|
|
1154
|
|
|
1155 /*
|
|
|
1156 * Same as vim_strsave(), but any characters found in esc_chars are preceded
|
|
|
1157 * by a backslash.
|
|
|
1158 */
|
|
|
1159 char_u *
|
|
|
1160 vim_strsave_escaped(string, esc_chars)
|
|
|
1161 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1162 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
|
1163 {
|
|
16
|
1164 return vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, '\\', FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1165 }
|
|
|
1166
|
|
|
1167 /*
|
|
|
1168 * Same as vim_strsave_escaped(), but when "bsl" is TRUE also escape
|
|
|
1169 * characters where rem_backslash() would remove the backslash.
|
|
16
|
1170 * Escape the characters with "cc".
|
|
7
|
1171 */
|
|
|
1172 char_u *
|
|
16
|
1173 vim_strsave_escaped_ext(string, esc_chars, cc, bsl)
|
|
7
|
1174 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1175 char_u *esc_chars;
|
|
16
|
1176 int cc;
|
|
7
|
1177 int bsl;
|
|
|
1178 {
|
|
|
1179 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1180 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1181 char_u *escaped_string;
|
|
|
1182 unsigned length;
|
|
|
1183 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1184 int l;
|
|
|
1185 #endif
|
|
|
1186
|
|
|
1187 /*
|
|
|
1188 * First count the number of backslashes required.
|
|
|
1189 * Then allocate the memory and insert them.
|
|
|
1190 */
|
|
|
1191 length = 1; /* count the trailing NUL */
|
|
|
1192 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1193 {
|
|
|
1194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1195 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1196 {
|
|
|
1197 length += l; /* count a multibyte char */
|
|
|
1198 p += l - 1;
|
|
|
1199 continue;
|
|
|
1200 }
|
|
|
1201 #endif
|
|
|
1202 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
|
1203 ++length; /* count a backslash */
|
|
|
1204 ++length; /* count an ordinary char */
|
|
|
1205 }
|
|
|
1206 escaped_string = alloc(length);
|
|
|
1207 if (escaped_string != NULL)
|
|
|
1208 {
|
|
|
1209 p2 = escaped_string;
|
|
|
1210 for (p = string; *p; p++)
|
|
|
1211 {
|
|
|
1212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
1213 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
7
|
1214 {
|
|
|
1215 mch_memmove(p2, p, (size_t)l);
|
|
|
1216 p2 += l;
|
|
|
1217 p += l - 1; /* skip multibyte char */
|
|
|
1218 continue;
|
|
|
1219 }
|
|
|
1220 #endif
|
|
|
1221 if (vim_strchr(esc_chars, *p) != NULL || (bsl && rem_backslash(p)))
|
|
16
|
1222 *p2++ = cc;
|
|
7
|
1223 *p2++ = *p;
|
|
|
1224 }
|
|
|
1225 *p2 = NUL;
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227 return escaped_string;
|
|
|
1228 }
|
|
|
1229
|
|
|
1230 /*
|
|
|
1231 * Like vim_strsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1232 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1233 */
|
|
|
1234 char_u *
|
|
|
1235 vim_strsave_up(string)
|
|
|
1236 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1239
|
|
|
1240 p1 = vim_strsave(string);
|
|
|
1241 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1242 return p1;
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 /*
|
|
|
1246 * Like vim_strnsave(), but make all characters uppercase.
|
|
|
1247 * This uses ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1248 */
|
|
|
1249 char_u *
|
|
|
1250 vim_strnsave_up(string, len)
|
|
|
1251 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1252 int len;
|
|
|
1253 {
|
|
|
1254 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
1255
|
|
|
1256 p1 = vim_strnsave(string, len);
|
|
|
1257 vim_strup(p1);
|
|
|
1258 return p1;
|
|
|
1259 }
|
|
|
1260
|
|
|
1261 /*
|
|
|
1262 * ASCII lower-to-upper case translation, language independent.
|
|
|
1263 */
|
|
|
1264 void
|
|
|
1265 vim_strup(p)
|
|
|
1266 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1267 {
|
|
|
1268 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
1269 int c;
|
|
|
1270
|
|
|
1271 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1272 {
|
|
|
1273 p2 = p;
|
|
|
1274 while ((c = *p2) != NUL)
|
|
|
1275 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
1276 *p2++ = isalpha(c) ? toupper(c) : c;
|
|
|
1277 #else
|
|
|
1278 *p2++ = (c < 'a' || c > 'z') ? c : (c - 0x20);
|
|
|
1279 #endif
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281 }
|
|
|
1282
|
|
741
|
1283 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
323
|
1284 /*
|
|
|
1285 * Make string "s" all upper-case and return it in allocated memory.
|
|
|
1286 * Handles multi-byte characters as well as possible.
|
|
|
1287 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
|
|
|
1288 */
|
|
|
1289 char_u *
|
|
|
1290 strup_save(orig)
|
|
|
1291 char_u *orig;
|
|
|
1292 {
|
|
|
1293 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1294 char_u *res;
|
|
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 res = p = vim_strsave(orig);
|
|
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 if (res != NULL)
|
|
|
1299 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1300 {
|
|
|
1301 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1302 int l;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
|
1304 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
1305 {
|
|
|
1306 int c, uc;
|
|
|
1307 int nl;
|
|
|
1308 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1309
|
|
|
1310 c = utf_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
1311 uc = utf_toupper(c);
|
|
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 /* Reallocate string when byte count changes. This is rare,
|
|
|
1314 * thus it's OK to do another malloc()/free(). */
|
|
474
|
1315 l = utf_ptr2len(p);
|
|
323
|
1316 nl = utf_char2len(uc);
|
|
|
1317 if (nl != l)
|
|
|
1318 {
|
|
|
1319 s = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(res) + 1 + nl - l);
|
|
|
1320 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1321 break;
|
|
|
1322 mch_memmove(s, res, p - res);
|
|
|
1323 STRCPY(s + (p - res) + nl, p + l);
|
|
|
1324 p = s + (p - res);
|
|
|
1325 vim_free(res);
|
|
|
1326 res = s;
|
|
|
1327 }
|
|
|
1328
|
|
|
1329 utf_char2bytes(uc, p);
|
|
|
1330 p += nl;
|
|
|
1331 }
|
|
474
|
1332 else if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p)) > 1)
|
|
323
|
1333 p += l; /* skip multi-byte character */
|
|
|
1334 else
|
|
|
1335 # endif
|
|
|
1336 {
|
|
|
1337 *p = TOUPPER_LOC(*p); /* note that toupper() can be a macro */
|
|
|
1338 p++;
|
|
|
1339 }
|
|
|
1340 }
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 return res;
|
|
|
1343 }
|
|
|
1344 #endif
|
|
|
1345
|
|
7
|
1346 /*
|
|
|
1347 * copy a space a number of times
|
|
|
1348 */
|
|
|
1349 void
|
|
|
1350 copy_spaces(ptr, count)
|
|
|
1351 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1352 size_t count;
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1355 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 while (i--)
|
|
|
1358 *p++ = ' ';
|
|
|
1359 }
|
|
|
1360
|
|
|
1361 #if defined(FEAT_VISUALEXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1362 /*
|
|
|
1363 * Copy a character a number of times.
|
|
|
1364 * Does not work for multi-byte charactes!
|
|
|
1365 */
|
|
|
1366 void
|
|
|
1367 copy_chars(ptr, count, c)
|
|
|
1368 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1369 size_t count;
|
|
|
1370 int c;
|
|
|
1371 {
|
|
|
1372 size_t i = count;
|
|
|
1373 char_u *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1374
|
|
|
1375 while (i--)
|
|
|
1376 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1377 }
|
|
|
1378 #endif
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 /*
|
|
|
1381 * delete spaces at the end of a string
|
|
|
1382 */
|
|
|
1383 void
|
|
|
1384 del_trailing_spaces(ptr)
|
|
|
1385 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1386 {
|
|
|
1387 char_u *q;
|
|
|
1388
|
|
|
1389 q = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
1390 while (--q > ptr && vim_iswhite(q[0]) && q[-1] != '\\' && q[-1] != Ctrl_V)
|
|
|
1391 *q = NUL;
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 /*
|
|
323
|
1395 * Like strncpy(), but always terminate the result with one NUL.
|
|
378
|
1396 * "to" must be "len + 1" long!
|
|
7
|
1397 */
|
|
|
1398 void
|
|
|
1399 vim_strncpy(to, from, len)
|
|
323
|
1400 char_u *to;
|
|
|
1401 char_u *from;
|
|
418
|
1402 size_t len;
|
|
7
|
1403 {
|
|
323
|
1404 STRNCPY(to, from, len);
|
|
|
1405 to[len] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
1406 }
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 /*
|
|
|
1409 * Isolate one part of a string option where parts are separated with
|
|
|
1410 * "sep_chars".
|
|
459
|
1411 * The part is copied into "buf[maxlen]".
|
|
7
|
1412 * "*option" is advanced to the next part.
|
|
|
1413 * The length is returned.
|
|
|
1414 */
|
|
|
1415 int
|
|
|
1416 copy_option_part(option, buf, maxlen, sep_chars)
|
|
|
1417 char_u **option;
|
|
|
1418 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1419 int maxlen;
|
|
|
1420 char *sep_chars;
|
|
|
1421 {
|
|
|
1422 int len = 0;
|
|
|
1423 char_u *p = *option;
|
|
|
1424
|
|
|
1425 /* skip '.' at start of option part, for 'suffixes' */
|
|
|
1426 if (*p == '.')
|
|
|
1427 buf[len++] = *p++;
|
|
|
1428 while (*p != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, *p) == NULL)
|
|
|
1429 {
|
|
|
1430 /*
|
|
|
1431 * Skip backslash before a separator character and space.
|
|
|
1432 */
|
|
|
1433 if (p[0] == '\\' && vim_strchr((char_u *)sep_chars, p[1]) != NULL)
|
|
|
1434 ++p;
|
|
|
1435 if (len < maxlen - 1)
|
|
|
1436 buf[len++] = *p;
|
|
|
1437 ++p;
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 buf[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 if (*p != NUL && *p != ',') /* skip non-standard separator */
|
|
|
1442 ++p;
|
|
|
1443 p = skip_to_option_part(p); /* p points to next file name */
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 *option = p;
|
|
|
1446 return len;
|
|
|
1447 }
|
|
|
1448
|
|
|
1449 /*
|
|
625
|
1450 * Replacement for free() that ignores NULL pointers.
|
|
|
1451 * Also skip free() when exiting for sure, this helps when we caught a deadly
|
|
|
1452 * signal that was caused by a crash in free().
|
|
7
|
1453 */
|
|
|
1454 void
|
|
|
1455 vim_free(x)
|
|
|
1456 void *x;
|
|
|
1457 {
|
|
625
|
1458 if (x != NULL && !really_exiting)
|
|
7
|
1459 {
|
|
|
1460 #ifdef MEM_PROFILE
|
|
|
1461 mem_pre_free(&x);
|
|
|
1462 #endif
|
|
|
1463 free(x);
|
|
|
1464 }
|
|
|
1465 }
|
|
|
1466
|
|
|
1467 #ifndef HAVE_MEMSET
|
|
|
1468 void *
|
|
|
1469 vim_memset(ptr, c, size)
|
|
|
1470 void *ptr;
|
|
|
1471 int c;
|
|
|
1472 size_t size;
|
|
|
1473 {
|
|
|
1474 char *p = ptr;
|
|
|
1475
|
|
|
1476 while (size-- > 0)
|
|
|
1477 *p++ = c;
|
|
|
1478 return ptr;
|
|
|
1479 }
|
|
|
1480 #endif
|
|
|
1481
|
|
|
1482 #ifdef VIM_MEMCMP
|
|
|
1483 /*
|
|
|
1484 * Return zero when "b1" and "b2" are the same for "len" bytes.
|
|
|
1485 * Return non-zero otherwise.
|
|
|
1486 */
|
|
|
1487 int
|
|
|
1488 vim_memcmp(b1, b2, len)
|
|
|
1489 void *b1;
|
|
|
1490 void *b2;
|
|
|
1491 size_t len;
|
|
|
1492 {
|
|
|
1493 char_u *p1 = (char_u *)b1, *p2 = (char_u *)b2;
|
|
|
1494
|
|
|
1495 for ( ; len > 0; --len)
|
|
|
1496 {
|
|
|
1497 if (*p1 != *p2)
|
|
|
1498 return 1;
|
|
|
1499 ++p1;
|
|
|
1500 ++p2;
|
|
|
1501 }
|
|
|
1502 return 0;
|
|
|
1503 }
|
|
|
1504 #endif
|
|
|
1505
|
|
|
1506 #ifdef VIM_MEMMOVE
|
|
|
1507 /*
|
|
|
1508 * Version of memmove() that handles overlapping source and destination.
|
|
|
1509 * For systems that don't have a function that is guaranteed to do that (SYSV).
|
|
|
1510 */
|
|
|
1511 void
|
|
|
1512 mch_memmove(dst_arg, src_arg, len)
|
|
|
1513 void *src_arg, *dst_arg;
|
|
|
1514 size_t len;
|
|
|
1515 {
|
|
|
1516 /*
|
|
|
1517 * A void doesn't have a size, we use char pointers.
|
|
|
1518 */
|
|
|
1519 char *dst = dst_arg, *src = src_arg;
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 /* overlap, copy backwards */
|
|
|
1522 if (dst > src && dst < src + len)
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 src += len;
|
|
|
1525 dst += len;
|
|
|
1526 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1527 *--dst = *--src;
|
|
|
1528 }
|
|
|
1529 else /* copy forwards */
|
|
|
1530 while (len-- > 0)
|
|
|
1531 *dst++ = *src++;
|
|
|
1532 }
|
|
|
1533 #endif
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1536 /*
|
|
|
1537 * Compare two strings, ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1538 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1539 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1540 */
|
|
|
1541 int
|
|
|
1542 vim_stricmp(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1543 char *s1;
|
|
|
1544 char *s2;
|
|
|
1545 {
|
|
|
1546 int i;
|
|
|
1547
|
|
|
1548 for (;;)
|
|
|
1549 {
|
|
|
1550 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1551 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1552 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1553 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1554 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1555 ++s1;
|
|
|
1556 ++s2;
|
|
|
1557 }
|
|
|
1558 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560 #endif
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 #if (!defined(HAVE_STRNCASECMP) && !defined(HAVE_STRNICMP)) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1563 /*
|
|
|
1564 * Compare two strings, for length "len", ignoring case, using current locale.
|
|
|
1565 * Doesn't work for multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
1566 * return 0 for match, < 0 for smaller, > 0 for bigger
|
|
|
1567 */
|
|
|
1568 int
|
|
|
1569 vim_strnicmp(s1, s2, len)
|
|
|
1570 char *s1;
|
|
|
1571 char *s2;
|
|
|
1572 size_t len;
|
|
|
1573 {
|
|
|
1574 int i;
|
|
|
1575
|
|
|
1576 while (len > 0)
|
|
|
1577 {
|
|
|
1578 i = (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s1) - (int)TOLOWER_LOC(*s2);
|
|
|
1579 if (i != 0)
|
|
|
1580 return i; /* this character different */
|
|
|
1581 if (*s1 == NUL)
|
|
|
1582 break; /* strings match until NUL */
|
|
|
1583 ++s1;
|
|
|
1584 ++s2;
|
|
|
1585 --len;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 return 0; /* strings match */
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589 #endif
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 #if 0 /* currently not used */
|
|
|
1592 /*
|
|
|
1593 * Check if string "s2" appears somewhere in "s1" while ignoring case.
|
|
|
1594 * Return NULL if not, a pointer to the first occurrence if it does.
|
|
|
1595 */
|
|
|
1596 char_u *
|
|
|
1597 vim_stristr(s1, s2)
|
|
|
1598 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
1599 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1602 int len = STRLEN(s2);
|
|
|
1603 char_u *end = s1 + STRLEN(s1) - len;
|
|
|
1604
|
|
|
1605 for (p = s1; p <= end; ++p)
|
|
|
1606 if (STRNICMP(p, s2, len) == 0)
|
|
|
1607 return p;
|
|
|
1608 return NULL;
|
|
|
1609 }
|
|
|
1610 #endif
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /*
|
|
|
1613 * Version of strchr() and strrchr() that handle unsigned char strings
|
|
170
|
1614 * with characters from 128 to 255 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1615 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
7
|
1616 */
|
|
|
1617 char_u *
|
|
|
1618 vim_strchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1619 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1620 int c;
|
|
|
1621 {
|
|
|
1622 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1623 int b;
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 p = string;
|
|
|
1626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1627 if (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1630 {
|
|
|
1631 if (utf_ptr2char(p) == c)
|
|
|
1632 return p;
|
|
474
|
1633 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635 return NULL;
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && c > 255)
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 int n2 = c & 0xff;
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 c = ((unsigned)c >> 8) & 0xff;
|
|
|
1642 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1643 {
|
|
|
1644 if (b == c && p[1] == n2)
|
|
|
1645 return p;
|
|
474
|
1646 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1647 }
|
|
|
1648 return NULL;
|
|
|
1649 }
|
|
|
1650 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1655 return p;
|
|
474
|
1656 p += (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
7
|
1657 }
|
|
|
1658 return NULL;
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660 #endif
|
|
|
1661 while ((b = *p) != NUL)
|
|
|
1662 {
|
|
|
1663 if (b == c)
|
|
|
1664 return p;
|
|
|
1665 ++p;
|
|
|
1666 }
|
|
|
1667 return NULL;
|
|
|
1668 }
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 /*
|
|
170
|
1671 * Version of strchr() that only works for bytes and handles unsigned char
|
|
|
1672 * strings with characters above 128 correctly. It also doesn't return a
|
|
|
1673 * pointer to the NUL at the end of the string.
|
|
|
1674 */
|
|
|
1675 char_u *
|
|
|
1676 vim_strbyte(string, c)
|
|
|
1677 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1678 int c;
|
|
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1681
|
|
|
1682 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
1683 {
|
|
|
1684 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1685 return p;
|
|
|
1686 ++p;
|
|
|
1687 }
|
|
|
1688 return NULL;
|
|
|
1689 }
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 /*
|
|
7
|
1692 * Search for last occurrence of "c" in "string".
|
|
500
|
1693 * Return NULL if not found.
|
|
170
|
1694 * Does not handle multi-byte char for "c"!
|
|
7
|
1695 */
|
|
|
1696 char_u *
|
|
|
1697 vim_strrchr(string, c)
|
|
|
1698 char_u *string;
|
|
|
1699 int c;
|
|
|
1700 {
|
|
|
1701 char_u *retval = NULL;
|
|
170
|
1702 char_u *p = string;
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 while (*p)
|
|
7
|
1705 {
|
|
170
|
1706 if (*p == c)
|
|
|
1707 retval = p;
|
|
|
1708 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
7
|
1709 }
|
|
|
1710 return retval;
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712
|
|
|
1713 /*
|
|
|
1714 * Vim's version of strpbrk(), in case it's missing.
|
|
|
1715 * Don't generate a prototype for this, causes problems when it's not used.
|
|
|
1716 */
|
|
|
1717 #ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
1718 # ifndef HAVE_STRPBRK
|
|
|
1719 # ifdef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1720 # undef vim_strpbrk
|
|
|
1721 # endif
|
|
|
1722 char_u *
|
|
|
1723 vim_strpbrk(s, charset)
|
|
|
1724 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1725 char_u *charset;
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 while (*s)
|
|
|
1728 {
|
|
|
1729 if (vim_strchr(charset, *s) != NULL)
|
|
|
1730 return s;
|
|
39
|
1731 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
7
|
1732 }
|
|
|
1733 return NULL;
|
|
|
1734 }
|
|
|
1735 # endif
|
|
|
1736 #endif
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /*
|
|
|
1739 * Vim has its own isspace() function, because on some machines isspace()
|
|
|
1740 * can't handle characters above 128.
|
|
|
1741 */
|
|
|
1742 int
|
|
|
1743 vim_isspace(x)
|
|
|
1744 int x;
|
|
|
1745 {
|
|
|
1746 return ((x >= 9 && x <= 13) || x == ' ');
|
|
|
1747 }
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 /************************************************************************
|
|
119
|
1750 * Functions for handling growing arrays.
|
|
7
|
1751 */
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 /*
|
|
|
1754 * Clear an allocated growing array.
|
|
|
1755 */
|
|
|
1756 void
|
|
|
1757 ga_clear(gap)
|
|
|
1758 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1761 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1762 }
|
|
|
1763
|
|
|
1764 /*
|
|
|
1765 * Clear a growing array that contains a list of strings.
|
|
|
1766 */
|
|
|
1767 void
|
|
|
1768 ga_clear_strings(gap)
|
|
|
1769 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1770 {
|
|
|
1771 int i;
|
|
|
1772
|
|
|
1773 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
1774 vim_free(((char_u **)(gap->ga_data))[i]);
|
|
|
1775 ga_clear(gap);
|
|
|
1776 }
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 /*
|
|
|
1779 * Initialize a growing array. Don't forget to set ga_itemsize and
|
|
|
1780 * ga_growsize! Or use ga_init2().
|
|
|
1781 */
|
|
|
1782 void
|
|
|
1783 ga_init(gap)
|
|
|
1784 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 gap->ga_data = NULL;
|
|
41
|
1787 gap->ga_maxlen = 0;
|
|
7
|
1788 gap->ga_len = 0;
|
|
|
1789 }
|
|
|
1790
|
|
|
1791 void
|
|
|
1792 ga_init2(gap, itemsize, growsize)
|
|
|
1793 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1794 int itemsize;
|
|
|
1795 int growsize;
|
|
|
1796 {
|
|
|
1797 ga_init(gap);
|
|
|
1798 gap->ga_itemsize = itemsize;
|
|
|
1799 gap->ga_growsize = growsize;
|
|
|
1800 }
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * Make room in growing array "gap" for at least "n" items.
|
|
|
1804 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1805 */
|
|
|
1806 int
|
|
|
1807 ga_grow(gap, n)
|
|
|
1808 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1809 int n;
|
|
|
1810 {
|
|
|
1811 size_t len;
|
|
|
1812 char_u *pp;
|
|
|
1813
|
|
41
|
1814 if (gap->ga_maxlen - gap->ga_len < n)
|
|
7
|
1815 {
|
|
|
1816 if (n < gap->ga_growsize)
|
|
|
1817 n = gap->ga_growsize;
|
|
|
1818 len = gap->ga_itemsize * (gap->ga_len + n);
|
|
|
1819 pp = alloc_clear((unsigned)len);
|
|
|
1820 if (pp == NULL)
|
|
|
1821 return FAIL;
|
|
41
|
1822 gap->ga_maxlen = gap->ga_len + n;
|
|
7
|
1823 if (gap->ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
1824 {
|
|
|
1825 mch_memmove(pp, gap->ga_data,
|
|
|
1826 (size_t)(gap->ga_itemsize * gap->ga_len));
|
|
|
1827 vim_free(gap->ga_data);
|
|
|
1828 }
|
|
|
1829 gap->ga_data = pp;
|
|
|
1830 }
|
|
|
1831 return OK;
|
|
|
1832 }
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /*
|
|
|
1835 * Concatenate a string to a growarray which contains characters.
|
|
|
1836 * Note: Does NOT copy the NUL at the end!
|
|
|
1837 */
|
|
|
1838 void
|
|
|
1839 ga_concat(gap, s)
|
|
|
1840 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1841 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 int len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 if (ga_grow(gap, len) == OK)
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 mch_memmove((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len, s, (size_t)len);
|
|
|
1848 gap->ga_len += len;
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851
|
|
|
1852 /*
|
|
|
1853 * Append one byte to a growarray which contains bytes.
|
|
|
1854 */
|
|
|
1855 void
|
|
|
1856 ga_append(gap, c)
|
|
|
1857 garray_T *gap;
|
|
|
1858 int c;
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == OK)
|
|
|
1861 {
|
|
|
1862 *((char *)gap->ga_data + gap->ga_len) = c;
|
|
|
1863 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865 }
|
|
|
1866
|
|
|
1867 /************************************************************************
|
|
|
1868 * functions that use lookup tables for various things, generally to do with
|
|
|
1869 * special key codes.
|
|
|
1870 */
|
|
|
1871
|
|
|
1872 /*
|
|
|
1873 * Some useful tables.
|
|
|
1874 */
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 static struct modmasktable
|
|
|
1877 {
|
|
|
1878 short mod_mask; /* Bit-mask for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1879 short mod_flag; /* Bit(s) for particular key modifier */
|
|
|
1880 char_u name; /* Single letter name of modifier */
|
|
|
1881 } mod_mask_table[] =
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'M'},
|
|
179
|
1884 {MOD_MASK_META, MOD_MASK_META, (char_u)'T'},
|
|
7
|
1885 {MOD_MASK_CTRL, MOD_MASK_CTRL, (char_u)'C'},
|
|
|
1886 {MOD_MASK_SHIFT, MOD_MASK_SHIFT, (char_u)'S'},
|
|
|
1887 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_2CLICK, (char_u)'2'},
|
|
|
1888 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_3CLICK, (char_u)'3'},
|
|
|
1889 {MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK, MOD_MASK_4CLICK, (char_u)'4'},
|
|
|
1890 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
1891 {MOD_MASK_CMD, MOD_MASK_CMD, (char_u)'D'},
|
|
|
1892 #endif
|
|
|
1893 /* 'A' must be the last one */
|
|
|
1894 {MOD_MASK_ALT, MOD_MASK_ALT, (char_u)'A'},
|
|
|
1895 {0, 0, NUL}
|
|
|
1896 };
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 /*
|
|
|
1899 * Shifted key terminal codes and their unshifted equivalent.
|
|
|
1900 * Don't add mouse codes here, they are handled seperately!
|
|
|
1901 */
|
|
|
1902 #define MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE 5
|
|
|
1903
|
|
|
1904 static char_u modifier_keys_table[] =
|
|
|
1905 {
|
|
|
1906 /* mod mask with modifier without modifier */
|
|
|
1907 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '9', '@', '1', /* begin */
|
|
|
1908 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '&', '0', '@', '2', /* cancel */
|
|
|
1909 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '1', '@', '4', /* command */
|
|
|
1910 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '2', '@', '5', /* copy */
|
|
|
1911 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '3', '@', '6', /* create */
|
|
|
1912 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '4', 'k', 'D', /* delete char */
|
|
|
1913 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '5', 'k', 'L', /* delete line */
|
|
|
1914 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '7', '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1915 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_END, '@', '7', /* end */
|
|
|
1916 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '9', '@', '9', /* exit */
|
|
|
1917 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '*', '0', '@', '0', /* find */
|
|
|
1918 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '1', '%', '1', /* help */
|
|
|
1919 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '2', 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1920 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_HOME, 'k', 'h', /* home */
|
|
|
1921 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '3', 'k', 'I', /* insert */
|
|
|
1922 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '#', '4', 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1923 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_LEFT, 'k', 'l', /* left arrow */
|
|
|
1924 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'a', '%', '3', /* message */
|
|
|
1925 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'b', '%', '4', /* move */
|
|
|
1926 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'c', '%', '5', /* next */
|
|
|
1927 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'd', '%', '7', /* options */
|
|
|
1928 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'e', '%', '8', /* previous */
|
|
|
1929 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'f', '%', '9', /* print */
|
|
|
1930 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'g', '%', '0', /* redo */
|
|
|
1931 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'h', '&', '3', /* replace */
|
|
|
1932 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'i', 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1933 MOD_MASK_CTRL, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_C_RIGHT, 'k', 'r', /* right arr. */
|
|
|
1934 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '%', 'j', '&', '5', /* resume */
|
|
|
1935 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '1', '&', '6', /* save */
|
|
|
1936 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '2', '&', '7', /* suspend */
|
|
|
1937 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, '!', '3', '&', '8', /* undo */
|
|
|
1938 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_UP, 'k', 'u', /* up arrow */
|
|
|
1939 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_DOWN, 'k', 'd', /* down arrow */
|
|
|
1940
|
|
|
1941 /* vt100 F1 */
|
|
|
1942 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF1, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF1,
|
|
|
1943 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF2, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF2,
|
|
|
1944 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF3, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF3,
|
|
|
1945 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_XF4, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_XF4,
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F1, 'k', '1', /* F1 */
|
|
|
1948 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F2, 'k', '2',
|
|
|
1949 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F3, 'k', '3',
|
|
|
1950 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F4, 'k', '4',
|
|
|
1951 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F5, 'k', '5',
|
|
|
1952 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F6, 'k', '6',
|
|
|
1953 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F7, 'k', '7',
|
|
|
1954 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F8, 'k', '8',
|
|
|
1955 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F9, 'k', '9',
|
|
|
1956 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F10, 'k', ';', /* F10 */
|
|
|
1957
|
|
|
1958 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F11, 'F', '1',
|
|
|
1959 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F12, 'F', '2',
|
|
|
1960 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F13, 'F', '3',
|
|
|
1961 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F14, 'F', '4',
|
|
|
1962 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F15, 'F', '5',
|
|
|
1963 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F16, 'F', '6',
|
|
|
1964 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F17, 'F', '7',
|
|
|
1965 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F18, 'F', '8',
|
|
|
1966 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F19, 'F', '9',
|
|
|
1967 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F20, 'F', 'A',
|
|
|
1968
|
|
|
1969 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F21, 'F', 'B',
|
|
|
1970 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F22, 'F', 'C',
|
|
|
1971 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F23, 'F', 'D',
|
|
|
1972 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F24, 'F', 'E',
|
|
|
1973 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F25, 'F', 'F',
|
|
|
1974 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F26, 'F', 'G',
|
|
|
1975 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F27, 'F', 'H',
|
|
|
1976 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F28, 'F', 'I',
|
|
|
1977 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F29, 'F', 'J',
|
|
|
1978 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F30, 'F', 'K',
|
|
|
1979
|
|
|
1980 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F31, 'F', 'L',
|
|
|
1981 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F32, 'F', 'M',
|
|
|
1982 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F33, 'F', 'N',
|
|
|
1983 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F34, 'F', 'O',
|
|
|
1984 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F35, 'F', 'P',
|
|
|
1985 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F36, 'F', 'Q',
|
|
|
1986 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_S_F37, 'F', 'R',
|
|
|
1987
|
|
|
1988 /* TAB pseudo code*/
|
|
|
1989 MOD_MASK_SHIFT, 'k', 'B', KS_EXTRA, (int)KE_TAB,
|
|
|
1990
|
|
|
1991 NUL
|
|
|
1992 };
|
|
|
1993
|
|
|
1994 static struct key_name_entry
|
|
|
1995 {
|
|
|
1996 int key; /* Special key code or ascii value */
|
|
|
1997 char_u *name; /* Name of key */
|
|
|
1998 } key_names_table[] =
|
|
|
1999 {
|
|
|
2000 {' ', (char_u *)"Space"},
|
|
|
2001 {TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2002 {K_TAB, (char_u *)"Tab"},
|
|
|
2003 {NL, (char_u *)"NL"},
|
|
|
2004 {NL, (char_u *)"NewLine"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2005 {NL, (char_u *)"LineFeed"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2006 {NL, (char_u *)"LF"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2007 {CAR, (char_u *)"CR"},
|
|
|
2008 {CAR, (char_u *)"Return"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2009 {CAR, (char_u *)"Enter"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2010 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BS"},
|
|
|
2011 {K_BS, (char_u *)"BackSpace"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2012 {ESC, (char_u *)"Esc"},
|
|
|
2013 {CSI, (char_u *)"CSI"},
|
|
|
2014 {K_CSI, (char_u *)"xCSI"},
|
|
|
2015 {'|', (char_u *)"Bar"},
|
|
|
2016 {'\\', (char_u *)"Bslash"},
|
|
|
2017 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Del"},
|
|
|
2018 {K_DEL, (char_u *)"Delete"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2019 {K_KDEL, (char_u *)"kDel"},
|
|
|
2020 {K_UP, (char_u *)"Up"},
|
|
|
2021 {K_DOWN, (char_u *)"Down"},
|
|
|
2022 {K_LEFT, (char_u *)"Left"},
|
|
|
2023 {K_RIGHT, (char_u *)"Right"},
|
|
180
|
2024 {K_XUP, (char_u *)"xUp"},
|
|
|
2025 {K_XDOWN, (char_u *)"xDown"},
|
|
|
2026 {K_XLEFT, (char_u *)"xLeft"},
|
|
|
2027 {K_XRIGHT, (char_u *)"xRight"},
|
|
7
|
2028
|
|
|
2029 {K_F1, (char_u *)"F1"},
|
|
|
2030 {K_F2, (char_u *)"F2"},
|
|
|
2031 {K_F3, (char_u *)"F3"},
|
|
|
2032 {K_F4, (char_u *)"F4"},
|
|
|
2033 {K_F5, (char_u *)"F5"},
|
|
|
2034 {K_F6, (char_u *)"F6"},
|
|
|
2035 {K_F7, (char_u *)"F7"},
|
|
|
2036 {K_F8, (char_u *)"F8"},
|
|
|
2037 {K_F9, (char_u *)"F9"},
|
|
|
2038 {K_F10, (char_u *)"F10"},
|
|
|
2039
|
|
|
2040 {K_F11, (char_u *)"F11"},
|
|
|
2041 {K_F12, (char_u *)"F12"},
|
|
|
2042 {K_F13, (char_u *)"F13"},
|
|
|
2043 {K_F14, (char_u *)"F14"},
|
|
|
2044 {K_F15, (char_u *)"F15"},
|
|
|
2045 {K_F16, (char_u *)"F16"},
|
|
|
2046 {K_F17, (char_u *)"F17"},
|
|
|
2047 {K_F18, (char_u *)"F18"},
|
|
|
2048 {K_F19, (char_u *)"F19"},
|
|
|
2049 {K_F20, (char_u *)"F20"},
|
|
|
2050
|
|
|
2051 {K_F21, (char_u *)"F21"},
|
|
|
2052 {K_F22, (char_u *)"F22"},
|
|
|
2053 {K_F23, (char_u *)"F23"},
|
|
|
2054 {K_F24, (char_u *)"F24"},
|
|
|
2055 {K_F25, (char_u *)"F25"},
|
|
|
2056 {K_F26, (char_u *)"F26"},
|
|
|
2057 {K_F27, (char_u *)"F27"},
|
|
|
2058 {K_F28, (char_u *)"F28"},
|
|
|
2059 {K_F29, (char_u *)"F29"},
|
|
|
2060 {K_F30, (char_u *)"F30"},
|
|
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 {K_F31, (char_u *)"F31"},
|
|
|
2063 {K_F32, (char_u *)"F32"},
|
|
|
2064 {K_F33, (char_u *)"F33"},
|
|
|
2065 {K_F34, (char_u *)"F34"},
|
|
|
2066 {K_F35, (char_u *)"F35"},
|
|
|
2067 {K_F36, (char_u *)"F36"},
|
|
|
2068 {K_F37, (char_u *)"F37"},
|
|
|
2069
|
|
|
2070 {K_XF1, (char_u *)"xF1"},
|
|
|
2071 {K_XF2, (char_u *)"xF2"},
|
|
|
2072 {K_XF3, (char_u *)"xF3"},
|
|
|
2073 {K_XF4, (char_u *)"xF4"},
|
|
|
2074
|
|
|
2075 {K_HELP, (char_u *)"Help"},
|
|
|
2076 {K_UNDO, (char_u *)"Undo"},
|
|
|
2077 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Insert"},
|
|
|
2078 {K_INS, (char_u *)"Ins"}, /* Alternative name */
|
|
|
2079 {K_KINS, (char_u *)"kInsert"},
|
|
|
2080 {K_HOME, (char_u *)"Home"},
|
|
|
2081 {K_KHOME, (char_u *)"kHome"},
|
|
|
2082 {K_XHOME, (char_u *)"xHome"},
|
|
230
|
2083 {K_ZHOME, (char_u *)"zHome"},
|
|
7
|
2084 {K_END, (char_u *)"End"},
|
|
|
2085 {K_KEND, (char_u *)"kEnd"},
|
|
|
2086 {K_XEND, (char_u *)"xEnd"},
|
|
230
|
2087 {K_ZEND, (char_u *)"zEnd"},
|
|
7
|
2088 {K_PAGEUP, (char_u *)"PageUp"},
|
|
|
2089 {K_PAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"PageDown"},
|
|
|
2090 {K_KPAGEUP, (char_u *)"kPageUp"},
|
|
|
2091 {K_KPAGEDOWN, (char_u *)"kPageDown"},
|
|
|
2092
|
|
|
2093 {K_KPLUS, (char_u *)"kPlus"},
|
|
|
2094 {K_KMINUS, (char_u *)"kMinus"},
|
|
|
2095 {K_KDIVIDE, (char_u *)"kDivide"},
|
|
|
2096 {K_KMULTIPLY, (char_u *)"kMultiply"},
|
|
|
2097 {K_KENTER, (char_u *)"kEnter"},
|
|
|
2098 {K_KPOINT, (char_u *)"kPoint"},
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 {K_K0, (char_u *)"k0"},
|
|
|
2101 {K_K1, (char_u *)"k1"},
|
|
|
2102 {K_K2, (char_u *)"k2"},
|
|
|
2103 {K_K3, (char_u *)"k3"},
|
|
|
2104 {K_K4, (char_u *)"k4"},
|
|
|
2105 {K_K5, (char_u *)"k5"},
|
|
|
2106 {K_K6, (char_u *)"k6"},
|
|
|
2107 {K_K7, (char_u *)"k7"},
|
|
|
2108 {K_K8, (char_u *)"k8"},
|
|
|
2109 {K_K9, (char_u *)"k9"},
|
|
|
2110
|
|
|
2111 {'<', (char_u *)"lt"},
|
|
|
2112
|
|
|
2113 {K_MOUSE, (char_u *)"Mouse"},
|
|
|
2114 {K_NETTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"NetMouse"},
|
|
|
2115 {K_DEC_MOUSE, (char_u *)"DecMouse"},
|
|
|
2116 {K_JSBTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"JsbMouse"},
|
|
|
2117 {K_PTERM_MOUSE, (char_u *)"PtermMouse"},
|
|
|
2118 {K_LEFTMOUSE, (char_u *)"LeftMouse"},
|
|
|
2119 {K_LEFTMOUSE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftMouseNM"},
|
|
|
2120 {K_LEFTDRAG, (char_u *)"LeftDrag"},
|
|
|
2121 {K_LEFTRELEASE, (char_u *)"LeftRelease"},
|
|
|
2122 {K_LEFTRELEASE_NM, (char_u *)"LeftReleaseNM"},
|
|
|
2123 {K_MIDDLEMOUSE, (char_u *)"MiddleMouse"},
|
|
|
2124 {K_MIDDLEDRAG, (char_u *)"MiddleDrag"},
|
|
|
2125 {K_MIDDLERELEASE, (char_u *)"MiddleRelease"},
|
|
|
2126 {K_RIGHTMOUSE, (char_u *)"RightMouse"},
|
|
|
2127 {K_RIGHTDRAG, (char_u *)"RightDrag"},
|
|
|
2128 {K_RIGHTRELEASE, (char_u *)"RightRelease"},
|
|
|
2129 {K_MOUSEDOWN, (char_u *)"MouseDown"},
|
|
|
2130 {K_MOUSEUP, (char_u *)"MouseUp"},
|
|
|
2131 {K_X1MOUSE, (char_u *)"X1Mouse"},
|
|
|
2132 {K_X1DRAG, (char_u *)"X1Drag"},
|
|
|
2133 {K_X1RELEASE, (char_u *)"X1Release"},
|
|
|
2134 {K_X2MOUSE, (char_u *)"X2Mouse"},
|
|
|
2135 {K_X2DRAG, (char_u *)"X2Drag"},
|
|
|
2136 {K_X2RELEASE, (char_u *)"X2Release"},
|
|
|
2137 {K_DROP, (char_u *)"Drop"},
|
|
|
2138 {K_ZERO, (char_u *)"Nul"},
|
|
|
2139 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2140 {K_SNR, (char_u *)"SNR"},
|
|
|
2141 #endif
|
|
|
2142 {K_PLUG, (char_u *)"Plug"},
|
|
|
2143 {0, NULL}
|
|
|
2144 };
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 #define KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN (sizeof(key_names_table) / sizeof(struct key_name_entry))
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2149 static struct mousetable
|
|
|
2150 {
|
|
|
2151 int pseudo_code; /* Code for pseudo mouse event */
|
|
|
2152 int button; /* Which mouse button is it? */
|
|
|
2153 int is_click; /* Is it a mouse button click event? */
|
|
|
2154 int is_drag; /* Is it a mouse drag event? */
|
|
|
2155 } mouse_table[] =
|
|
|
2156 {
|
|
|
2157 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2158 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2159 {(int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2160 #endif
|
|
|
2161 {(int)KE_LEFTDRAG, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2162 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2163 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2164 {(int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM, MOUSE_LEFT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2165 #endif
|
|
|
2166 {(int)KE_MIDDLEMOUSE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2167 {(int)KE_MIDDLEDRAG, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2168 {(int)KE_MIDDLERELEASE, MOUSE_MIDDLE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2169 {(int)KE_RIGHTMOUSE, MOUSE_RIGHT, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2170 {(int)KE_RIGHTDRAG, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2171 {(int)KE_RIGHTRELEASE, MOUSE_RIGHT, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2172 {(int)KE_X1MOUSE, MOUSE_X1, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2173 {(int)KE_X1DRAG, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2174 {(int)KE_X1RELEASE, MOUSE_X1, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2175 {(int)KE_X2MOUSE, MOUSE_X2, TRUE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2176 {(int)KE_X2DRAG, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2177 {(int)KE_X2RELEASE, MOUSE_X2, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2178 /* DRAG without CLICK */
|
|
|
2179 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, TRUE},
|
|
|
2180 /* RELEASE without CLICK */
|
|
|
2181 {(int)KE_IGNORE, MOUSE_RELEASE, FALSE, FALSE},
|
|
|
2182 {0, 0, 0, 0},
|
|
|
2183 };
|
|
|
2184 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2185
|
|
|
2186 /*
|
|
|
2187 * Return the modifier mask bit (MOD_MASK_*) which corresponds to the given
|
|
|
2188 * modifier name ('S' for Shift, 'C' for Ctrl etc).
|
|
|
2189 */
|
|
|
2190 int
|
|
|
2191 name_to_mod_mask(c)
|
|
|
2192 int c;
|
|
|
2193 {
|
|
|
2194 int i;
|
|
|
2195
|
|
|
2196 c = TOUPPER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
2197 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask != 0; i++)
|
|
|
2198 if (c == mod_mask_table[i].name)
|
|
|
2199 return mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag;
|
|
|
2200 return 0;
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 /*
|
|
|
2204 * Check if if there is a special key code for "key" that includes the
|
|
|
2205 * modifiers specified.
|
|
|
2206 */
|
|
|
2207 int
|
|
|
2208 simplify_key(key, modifiers)
|
|
|
2209 int key;
|
|
|
2210 int *modifiers;
|
|
|
2211 {
|
|
|
2212 int i;
|
|
|
2213 int key0;
|
|
|
2214 int key1;
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 if (*modifiers & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL | MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
|
2217 {
|
|
|
2218 /* TAB is a special case */
|
|
|
2219 if (key == TAB && (*modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
2220 {
|
|
|
2221 *modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2222 return K_S_TAB;
|
|
|
2223 }
|
|
|
2224 key0 = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2225 key1 = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2226 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != NUL; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2227 if (key0 == modifier_keys_table[i + 3]
|
|
|
2228 && key1 == modifier_keys_table[i + 4]
|
|
|
2229 && (*modifiers & modifier_keys_table[i]))
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 *modifiers &= ~modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2232 return TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 1],
|
|
|
2233 modifier_keys_table[i + 2]);
|
|
|
2234 }
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
|
2236 return key;
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /*
|
|
180
|
2240 * Change <xHome> to <Home>, <xUp> to <Up>, etc.
|
|
|
2241 */
|
|
|
2242 int
|
|
|
2243 handle_x_keys(key)
|
|
|
2244 int key;
|
|
|
2245 {
|
|
|
2246 switch (key)
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 case K_XUP: return K_UP;
|
|
|
2249 case K_XDOWN: return K_DOWN;
|
|
|
2250 case K_XLEFT: return K_LEFT;
|
|
|
2251 case K_XRIGHT: return K_RIGHT;
|
|
|
2252 case K_XHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
230
|
2253 case K_ZHOME: return K_HOME;
|
|
180
|
2254 case K_XEND: return K_END;
|
|
230
|
2255 case K_ZEND: return K_END;
|
|
180
|
2256 case K_XF1: return K_F1;
|
|
|
2257 case K_XF2: return K_F2;
|
|
|
2258 case K_XF3: return K_F3;
|
|
|
2259 case K_XF4: return K_F4;
|
|
|
2260 case K_S_XF1: return K_S_F1;
|
|
|
2261 case K_S_XF2: return K_S_F2;
|
|
|
2262 case K_S_XF3: return K_S_F3;
|
|
|
2263 case K_S_XF4: return K_S_F4;
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265 return key;
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267
|
|
|
2268 /*
|
|
7
|
2269 * Return a string which contains the name of the given key when the given
|
|
|
2270 * modifiers are down.
|
|
|
2271 */
|
|
|
2272 char_u *
|
|
|
2273 get_special_key_name(c, modifiers)
|
|
|
2274 int c;
|
|
|
2275 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2276 {
|
|
|
2277 static char_u string[MAX_KEY_NAME_LEN + 1];
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279 int i, idx;
|
|
|
2280 int table_idx;
|
|
|
2281 char_u *s;
|
|
|
2282
|
|
|
2283 string[0] = '<';
|
|
|
2284 idx = 1;
|
|
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 /* Key that stands for a normal character. */
|
|
|
2287 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) && KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == KS_KEY)
|
|
|
2288 c = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2289
|
|
|
2290 /*
|
|
|
2291 * Translate shifted special keys into unshifted keys and set modifier.
|
|
|
2292 * Same for CTRL and ALT modifiers.
|
|
|
2293 */
|
|
|
2294 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2295 {
|
|
|
2296 for (i = 0; modifier_keys_table[i] != 0; i += MOD_KEYS_ENTRY_SIZE)
|
|
|
2297 if ( KEY2TERMCAP0(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 1]
|
|
|
2298 && (int)KEY2TERMCAP1(c) == (int)modifier_keys_table[i + 2])
|
|
|
2299 {
|
|
|
2300 modifiers |= modifier_keys_table[i];
|
|
|
2301 c = TERMCAP2KEY(modifier_keys_table[i + 3],
|
|
|
2302 modifier_keys_table[i + 4]);
|
|
|
2303 break;
|
|
|
2304 }
|
|
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /* try to find the key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2308 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2309
|
|
|
2310 /*
|
|
|
2311 * When not a known special key, and not a printable character, try to
|
|
|
2312 * extract modifiers.
|
|
|
2313 */
|
|
|
2314 if (c > 0
|
|
|
2315 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2316 && (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1
|
|
|
2317 #endif
|
|
|
2318 )
|
|
|
2319 {
|
|
|
2320 if (table_idx < 0
|
|
|
2321 && (!vim_isprintc(c) || (c & 0x7f) == ' ')
|
|
|
2322 && (c & 0x80))
|
|
|
2323 {
|
|
|
2324 c &= 0x7f;
|
|
|
2325 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
2326 /* try again, to find the un-alted key in the special key table */
|
|
|
2327 table_idx = find_special_key_in_table(c);
|
|
|
2328 }
|
|
|
2329 if (table_idx < 0 && !vim_isprintc(c) && c < ' ')
|
|
|
2330 {
|
|
|
2331 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2332 c = CtrlChar(c);
|
|
|
2333 #else
|
|
|
2334 c += '@';
|
|
|
2335 #endif
|
|
|
2336 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2337 }
|
|
|
2338 }
|
|
|
2339
|
|
|
2340 /* translate the modifier into a string */
|
|
|
2341 for (i = 0; mod_mask_table[i].name != 'A'; i++)
|
|
|
2342 if ((modifiers & mod_mask_table[i].mod_mask)
|
|
|
2343 == mod_mask_table[i].mod_flag)
|
|
|
2344 {
|
|
|
2345 string[idx++] = mod_mask_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2346 string[idx++] = (char_u)'-';
|
|
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348
|
|
|
2349 if (table_idx < 0) /* unknown special key, may output t_xx */
|
|
|
2350 {
|
|
|
2351 if (IS_SPECIAL(c))
|
|
|
2352 {
|
|
|
2353 string[idx++] = 't';
|
|
|
2354 string[idx++] = '_';
|
|
|
2355 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(c);
|
|
|
2356 string[idx++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(c);
|
|
|
2357 }
|
|
|
2358 /* Not a special key, only modifiers, output directly */
|
|
|
2359 else
|
|
|
2360 {
|
|
|
2361 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2362 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1)
|
|
|
2363 idx += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, string + idx);
|
|
|
2364 else
|
|
|
2365 #endif
|
|
|
2366 if (vim_isprintc(c))
|
|
|
2367 string[idx++] = c;
|
|
|
2368 else
|
|
|
2369 {
|
|
|
2370 s = transchar(c);
|
|
|
2371 while (*s)
|
|
|
2372 string[idx++] = *s++;
|
|
|
2373 }
|
|
|
2374 }
|
|
|
2375 }
|
|
|
2376 else /* use name of special key */
|
|
|
2377 {
|
|
|
2378 STRCPY(string + idx, key_names_table[table_idx].name);
|
|
|
2379 idx = (int)STRLEN(string);
|
|
|
2380 }
|
|
|
2381 string[idx++] = '>';
|
|
|
2382 string[idx] = NUL;
|
|
|
2383 return string;
|
|
|
2384 }
|
|
|
2385
|
|
|
2386 /*
|
|
|
2387 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[] to dst[].
|
|
|
2388 * Return the number of characters added to dst[], zero for no match.
|
|
|
2389 * If there is a match, srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2390 * dst[] must be big enough to hold the result (up to six characters)!
|
|
|
2391 */
|
|
|
2392 int
|
|
|
2393 trans_special(srcp, dst, keycode)
|
|
|
2394 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2395 char_u *dst;
|
|
|
2396 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2399 int key;
|
|
|
2400 int dlen = 0;
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 key = find_special_key(srcp, &modifiers, keycode);
|
|
|
2403 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2404 return 0;
|
|
|
2405
|
|
|
2406 /* Put the appropriate modifier in a string */
|
|
|
2407 if (modifiers != 0)
|
|
|
2408 {
|
|
|
2409 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2410 dst[dlen++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2411 dst[dlen++] = modifiers;
|
|
|
2412 }
|
|
|
2413
|
|
|
2414 if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2415 {
|
|
|
2416 dst[dlen++] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
2417 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP0(key);
|
|
|
2418 dst[dlen++] = KEY2TERMCAP1(key);
|
|
|
2419 }
|
|
|
2420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2421 else if (has_mbyte && !keycode)
|
|
|
2422 dlen += (*mb_char2bytes)(key, dst + dlen);
|
|
|
2423 #endif
|
|
|
2424 else if (keycode)
|
|
|
2425 dlen = (int)(add_char2buf(key, dst + dlen) - dst);
|
|
|
2426 else
|
|
|
2427 dst[dlen++] = key;
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 return dlen;
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 /*
|
|
|
2433 * Try translating a <> name at (*srcp)[], return the key and modifiers.
|
|
|
2434 * srcp is advanced to after the <> name.
|
|
|
2435 * returns 0 if there is no match.
|
|
|
2436 */
|
|
|
2437 int
|
|
|
2438 find_special_key(srcp, modp, keycode)
|
|
|
2439 char_u **srcp;
|
|
|
2440 int *modp;
|
|
|
2441 int keycode; /* prefer key code, e.g. K_DEL instead of DEL */
|
|
|
2442 {
|
|
|
2443 char_u *last_dash;
|
|
|
2444 char_u *end_of_name;
|
|
|
2445 char_u *src;
|
|
|
2446 char_u *bp;
|
|
|
2447 int modifiers;
|
|
|
2448 int bit;
|
|
|
2449 int key;
|
|
835
|
2450 unsigned long n;
|
|
7
|
2451
|
|
|
2452 src = *srcp;
|
|
|
2453 if (src[0] != '<')
|
|
|
2454 return 0;
|
|
|
2455
|
|
|
2456 /* Find end of modifier list */
|
|
|
2457 last_dash = src;
|
|
|
2458 for (bp = src + 1; *bp == '-' || vim_isIDc(*bp); bp++)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 if (*bp == '-')
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 last_dash = bp;
|
|
|
2463 if (bp[1] != NUL && bp[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2464 ++bp; /* anything accepted, like <C-?> */
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466 if (bp[0] == 't' && bp[1] == '_' && bp[2] && bp[3])
|
|
|
2467 bp += 3; /* skip t_xx, xx may be '-' or '>' */
|
|
|
2468 }
|
|
|
2469
|
|
|
2470 if (*bp == '>') /* found matching '>' */
|
|
|
2471 {
|
|
|
2472 end_of_name = bp + 1;
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 if (STRNICMP(src + 1, "char-", 5) == 0 && VIM_ISDIGIT(src[6]))
|
|
|
2475 {
|
|
|
2476 /* <Char-123> or <Char-033> or <Char-0x33> */
|
|
|
2477 vim_str2nr(src + 6, NULL, NULL, TRUE, TRUE, NULL, &n);
|
|
|
2478 *modp = 0;
|
|
|
2479 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2480 return (int)n;
|
|
|
2481 }
|
|
|
2482
|
|
|
2483 /* Which modifiers are given? */
|
|
|
2484 modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
2485 for (bp = src + 1; bp < last_dash; bp++)
|
|
|
2486 {
|
|
|
2487 if (*bp != '-')
|
|
|
2488 {
|
|
|
2489 bit = name_to_mod_mask(*bp);
|
|
|
2490 if (bit == 0x0)
|
|
|
2491 break; /* Illegal modifier name */
|
|
|
2492 modifiers |= bit;
|
|
|
2493 }
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495
|
|
|
2496 /*
|
|
|
2497 * Legal modifier name.
|
|
|
2498 */
|
|
|
2499 if (bp >= last_dash)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 /*
|
|
|
2502 * Modifier with single letter, or special key name.
|
|
|
2503 */
|
|
|
2504 if (modifiers != 0 && last_dash[2] == '>')
|
|
|
2505 key = last_dash[1];
|
|
|
2506 else
|
|
180
|
2507 {
|
|
7
|
2508 key = get_special_key_code(last_dash + 1);
|
|
180
|
2509 key = handle_x_keys(key);
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
7
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 /*
|
|
|
2513 * get_special_key_code() may return NUL for invalid
|
|
|
2514 * special key name.
|
|
|
2515 */
|
|
|
2516 if (key != NUL)
|
|
|
2517 {
|
|
|
2518 /*
|
|
|
2519 * Only use a modifier when there is no special key code that
|
|
|
2520 * includes the modifier.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
|
2522 key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 if (!keycode)
|
|
|
2525 {
|
|
|
2526 /* don't want keycode, use single byte code */
|
|
|
2527 if (key == K_BS)
|
|
|
2528 key = BS;
|
|
|
2529 else if (key == K_DEL || key == K_KDEL)
|
|
|
2530 key = DEL;
|
|
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 /*
|
|
|
2534 * Normal Key with modifier: Try to make a single byte code.
|
|
|
2535 */
|
|
|
2536 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
|
2537 key = extract_modifiers(key, &modifiers);
|
|
|
2538
|
|
|
2539 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2540 *srcp = end_of_name;
|
|
|
2541 return key;
|
|
|
2542 }
|
|
|
2543 }
|
|
|
2544 }
|
|
|
2545 return 0;
|
|
|
2546 }
|
|
|
2547
|
|
|
2548 /*
|
|
|
2549 * Try to include modifiers in the key.
|
|
|
2550 * Changes "Shift-a" to 'A', "Alt-A" to 0xc0, etc.
|
|
|
2551 */
|
|
|
2552 int
|
|
|
2553 extract_modifiers(key, modp)
|
|
|
2554 int key;
|
|
|
2555 int *modp;
|
|
|
2556 {
|
|
|
2557 int modifiers = *modp;
|
|
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2560 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2561 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2562 #endif
|
|
|
2563 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) && ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2564 {
|
|
|
2565 key = TOUPPER_ASC(key);
|
|
|
2566 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2567 }
|
|
|
2568 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2569 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
2570 /* * TODO: EBCDIC Better use:
|
|
|
2571 * && (Ctrl_chr(key) || key == '?')
|
|
|
2572 * ??? */
|
|
|
2573 && strchr("?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_", key)
|
|
|
2574 != NULL
|
|
|
2575 #else
|
|
|
2576 && ((key >= '?' && key <= '_') || ASCII_ISALPHA(key))
|
|
|
2577 #endif
|
|
|
2578 )
|
|
|
2579 {
|
|
|
2580 key = Ctrl_chr(key);
|
|
|
2581 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2582 /* <C-@> is <Nul> */
|
|
|
2583 if (key == 0)
|
|
|
2584 key = K_ZERO;
|
|
|
2585 }
|
|
|
2586 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
2587 /* Command-key really special, No fancynest */
|
|
|
2588 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
2589 #endif
|
|
|
2590 if ((modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) && key < 0x80
|
|
|
2591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2592 && !enc_dbcs /* avoid creating a lead byte */
|
|
|
2593 #endif
|
|
|
2594 )
|
|
|
2595 {
|
|
|
2596 key |= 0x80;
|
|
|
2597 modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_ALT; /* remove the META modifier */
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 *modp = modifiers;
|
|
|
2601 return key;
|
|
|
2602 }
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 /*
|
|
|
2605 * Try to find key "c" in the special key table.
|
|
|
2606 * Return the index when found, -1 when not found.
|
|
|
2607 */
|
|
|
2608 int
|
|
|
2609 find_special_key_in_table(c)
|
|
|
2610 int c;
|
|
|
2611 {
|
|
|
2612 int i;
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2615 if (c == key_names_table[i].key)
|
|
|
2616 break;
|
|
|
2617 if (key_names_table[i].name == NULL)
|
|
|
2618 i = -1;
|
|
|
2619 return i;
|
|
|
2620 }
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 /*
|
|
|
2623 * Find the special key with the given name (the given string does not have to
|
|
|
2624 * end with NUL, the name is assumed to end before the first non-idchar).
|
|
|
2625 * If the name starts with "t_" the next two characters are interpreted as a
|
|
|
2626 * termcap name.
|
|
|
2627 * Return the key code, or 0 if not found.
|
|
|
2628 */
|
|
|
2629 int
|
|
|
2630 get_special_key_code(name)
|
|
|
2631 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2632 {
|
|
|
2633 char_u *table_name;
|
|
|
2634 char_u string[3];
|
|
|
2635 int i, j;
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 /*
|
|
|
2638 * If it's <t_xx> we get the code for xx from the termcap
|
|
|
2639 */
|
|
|
2640 if (name[0] == 't' && name[1] == '_' && name[2] != NUL && name[3] != NUL)
|
|
|
2641 {
|
|
|
2642 string[0] = name[2];
|
|
|
2643 string[1] = name[3];
|
|
|
2644 string[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
2645 if (add_termcap_entry(string, FALSE) == OK)
|
|
|
2646 return TERMCAP2KEY(name[2], name[3]);
|
|
|
2647 }
|
|
|
2648 else
|
|
|
2649 for (i = 0; key_names_table[i].name != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 table_name = key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2652 for (j = 0; vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] != NUL; j++)
|
|
|
2653 if (TOLOWER_ASC(table_name[j]) != TOLOWER_ASC(name[j]))
|
|
|
2654 break;
|
|
|
2655 if (!vim_isIDc(name[j]) && table_name[j] == NUL)
|
|
|
2656 return key_names_table[i].key;
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658 return 0;
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
|
|
|
2662 char_u *
|
|
|
2663 get_key_name(i)
|
|
|
2664 int i;
|
|
|
2665 {
|
|
|
2666 if (i >= KEY_NAMES_TABLE_LEN)
|
|
|
2667 return NULL;
|
|
|
2668 return key_names_table[i].name;
|
|
|
2669 }
|
|
|
2670 #endif
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
2673 /*
|
|
|
2674 * Look up the given mouse code to return the relevant information in the other
|
|
|
2675 * arguments. Return which button is down or was released.
|
|
|
2676 */
|
|
|
2677 int
|
|
|
2678 get_mouse_button(code, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2679 int code;
|
|
|
2680 int *is_click;
|
|
|
2681 int *is_drag;
|
|
|
2682 {
|
|
|
2683 int i;
|
|
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2686 if (code == mouse_table[i].pseudo_code)
|
|
|
2687 {
|
|
|
2688 *is_click = mouse_table[i].is_click;
|
|
|
2689 *is_drag = mouse_table[i].is_drag;
|
|
|
2690 return mouse_table[i].button;
|
|
|
2691 }
|
|
|
2692 return 0; /* Shouldn't get here */
|
|
|
2693 }
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 /*
|
|
|
2696 * Return the appropriate pseudo mouse event token (KE_LEFTMOUSE etc) based on
|
|
|
2697 * the given information about which mouse button is down, and whether the
|
|
|
2698 * mouse was clicked, dragged or released.
|
|
|
2699 */
|
|
|
2700 int
|
|
|
2701 get_pseudo_mouse_code(button, is_click, is_drag)
|
|
|
2702 int button; /* eg MOUSE_LEFT */
|
|
|
2703 int is_click;
|
|
|
2704 int is_drag;
|
|
|
2705 {
|
|
|
2706 int i;
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 for (i = 0; mouse_table[i].pseudo_code; i++)
|
|
|
2709 if (button == mouse_table[i].button
|
|
|
2710 && is_click == mouse_table[i].is_click
|
|
|
2711 && is_drag == mouse_table[i].is_drag)
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
263
|
2714 /* Trick: a non mappable left click and release has mouse_col -1
|
|
|
2715 * or added MOUSE_COLOFF. Used for 'mousefocus' in
|
|
|
2716 * gui_mouse_moved() */
|
|
|
2717 if (mouse_col < 0 || mouse_col > MOUSE_COLOFF)
|
|
7
|
2718 {
|
|
263
|
2719 if (mouse_col < 0)
|
|
|
2720 mouse_col = 0;
|
|
|
2721 else
|
|
|
2722 mouse_col -= MOUSE_COLOFF;
|
|
7
|
2723 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE)
|
|
|
2724 return (int)KE_LEFTMOUSE_NM;
|
|
|
2725 if (mouse_table[i].pseudo_code == (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE)
|
|
|
2726 return (int)KE_LEFTRELEASE_NM;
|
|
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728 #endif
|
|
|
2729 return mouse_table[i].pseudo_code;
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731 return (int)KE_IGNORE; /* not recongnized, ignore it */
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733 #endif /* FEAT_MOUSE */
|
|
|
2734
|
|
|
2735 /*
|
|
|
2736 * Return the current end-of-line type: EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2737 */
|
|
|
2738 int
|
|
|
2739 get_fileformat(buf)
|
|
|
2740 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
|
2742 int c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2743
|
|
|
2744 if (buf->b_p_bin || c == 'u')
|
|
|
2745 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2746 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2747 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2748 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2749 }
|
|
|
2750
|
|
|
2751 /*
|
|
|
2752 * Like get_fileformat(), but override 'fileformat' with "p" for "++opt=val"
|
|
|
2753 * argument.
|
|
|
2754 */
|
|
|
2755 int
|
|
|
2756 get_fileformat_force(buf, eap)
|
|
|
2757 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2758 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
|
2760 int c;
|
|
|
2761
|
|
|
2762 if (eap != NULL && eap->force_ff != 0)
|
|
|
2763 c = eap->cmd[eap->force_ff];
|
|
|
2764 else
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 if ((eap != NULL && eap->force_bin != 0)
|
|
|
2767 ? (eap->force_bin == FORCE_BIN) : buf->b_p_bin)
|
|
|
2768 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2769 c = *buf->b_p_ff;
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 if (c == 'u')
|
|
|
2772 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2773 if (c == 'm')
|
|
|
2774 return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2775 return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 /*
|
|
|
2779 * Set the current end-of-line type to EOL_DOS, EOL_UNIX or EOL_MAC.
|
|
|
2780 * Sets both 'textmode' and 'fileformat'.
|
|
|
2781 * Note: Does _not_ set global value of 'textmode'!
|
|
|
2782 */
|
|
|
2783 void
|
|
|
2784 set_fileformat(t, opt_flags)
|
|
|
2785 int t;
|
|
|
2786 int opt_flags; /* OPT_LOCAL and/or OPT_GLOBAL */
|
|
|
2787 {
|
|
|
2788 char *p = NULL;
|
|
|
2789
|
|
|
2790 switch (t)
|
|
|
2791 {
|
|
|
2792 case EOL_DOS:
|
|
|
2793 p = FF_DOS;
|
|
|
2794 curbuf->b_p_tx = TRUE;
|
|
|
2795 break;
|
|
|
2796 case EOL_UNIX:
|
|
|
2797 p = FF_UNIX;
|
|
|
2798 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2799 break;
|
|
|
2800 case EOL_MAC:
|
|
|
2801 p = FF_MAC;
|
|
|
2802 curbuf->b_p_tx = FALSE;
|
|
|
2803 break;
|
|
|
2804 }
|
|
|
2805 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
2806 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ff", -1, (char_u *)p,
|
|
694
|
2807 OPT_FREE | opt_flags, 0);
|
|
|
2808
|
|
7
|
2809 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
671
|
2810 /* This may cause the buffer to become (un)modified. */
|
|
7
|
2811 check_status(curbuf);
|
|
673
|
2812 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2813 #endif
|
|
|
2814 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
2815 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
|
|
|
2816 #endif
|
|
|
2817 }
|
|
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 /*
|
|
|
2820 * Return the default fileformat from 'fileformats'.
|
|
|
2821 */
|
|
|
2822 int
|
|
|
2823 default_fileformat()
|
|
|
2824 {
|
|
|
2825 switch (*p_ffs)
|
|
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 case 'm': return EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2828 case 'd': return EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2829 }
|
|
|
2830 return EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2831 }
|
|
|
2832
|
|
|
2833 /*
|
|
|
2834 * Call shell. Calls mch_call_shell, with 'shellxquote' added.
|
|
|
2835 */
|
|
|
2836 int
|
|
|
2837 call_shell(cmd, opt)
|
|
|
2838 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
2839 int opt;
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 char_u *ncmd;
|
|
|
2842 int retval;
|
|
170
|
2843 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
|
2844 proftime_T wait_time;
|
|
|
2845 #endif
|
|
7
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 if (p_verbose > 3)
|
|
|
2848 {
|
|
293
|
2849 verbose_enter();
|
|
273
|
2850 smsg((char_u *)_("Calling shell to execute: \"%s\""),
|
|
7
|
2851 cmd == NULL ? p_sh : cmd);
|
|
|
2852 out_char('\n');
|
|
|
2853 cursor_on();
|
|
293
|
2854 verbose_leave();
|
|
7
|
2855 }
|
|
|
2856
|
|
170
|
2857 #ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
2858 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
2859 prof_child_enter(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2860 #endif
|
|
|
2861
|
|
7
|
2862 if (*p_sh == NUL)
|
|
|
2863 {
|
|
|
2864 EMSG(_(e_shellempty));
|
|
|
2865 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2866 }
|
|
|
2867 else
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
|
2869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN
|
|
|
2870 /* Don't hide the pointer while executing a shell command. */
|
|
|
2871 gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
2872 #endif
|
|
|
2873 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2874 ++hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2875 #endif
|
|
|
2876 /* The external command may update a tags file, clear cached tags. */
|
|
|
2877 tag_freematch();
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 if (cmd == NULL || *p_sxq == NUL)
|
|
|
2880 retval = mch_call_shell(cmd, opt);
|
|
|
2881 else
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 ncmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(cmd) + STRLEN(p_sxq) * 2 + 1));
|
|
|
2884 if (ncmd != NULL)
|
|
|
2885 {
|
|
|
2886 STRCPY(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2887 STRCAT(ncmd, cmd);
|
|
|
2888 STRCAT(ncmd, p_sxq);
|
|
|
2889 retval = mch_call_shell(ncmd, opt);
|
|
|
2890 vim_free(ncmd);
|
|
|
2891 }
|
|
|
2892 else
|
|
|
2893 retval = -1;
|
|
|
2894 }
|
|
|
2895 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2896 --hold_gui_events;
|
|
|
2897 #endif
|
|
|
2898 /*
|
|
|
2899 * Check the window size, in case it changed while executing the
|
|
|
2900 * external command.
|
|
|
2901 */
|
|
|
2902 shell_resized_check();
|
|
|
2903 }
|
|
|
2904
|
|
|
2905 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2906 set_vim_var_nr(VV_SHELL_ERROR, (long)retval);
|
|
170
|
2907 # ifdef FEAT_PROFILE
|
|
789
|
2908 if (do_profiling == PROF_YES)
|
|
170
|
2909 prof_child_exit(&wait_time);
|
|
|
2910 # endif
|
|
7
|
2911 #endif
|
|
|
2912
|
|
|
2913 return retval;
|
|
|
2914 }
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 /*
|
|
789
|
2917 * VISUAL, SELECTMODE and OP_PENDING State are never set, they are equal to
|
|
|
2918 * NORMAL State with a condition. This function returns the real State.
|
|
7
|
2919 */
|
|
|
2920 int
|
|
|
2921 get_real_state()
|
|
|
2922 {
|
|
|
2923 if (State & NORMAL)
|
|
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
2926 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
789
|
2927 {
|
|
|
2928 if (VIsual_select)
|
|
|
2929 return SELECTMODE;
|
|
7
|
2930 return VISUAL;
|
|
789
|
2931 }
|
|
7
|
2932 else
|
|
|
2933 #endif
|
|
|
2934 if (finish_op)
|
|
789
|
2935 return OP_PENDING;
|
|
7
|
2936 }
|
|
|
2937 return State;
|
|
|
2938 }
|
|
|
2939
|
|
39
|
2940 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2941 /*
|
|
|
2942 * Return TRUE if "p" points to just after a path separator.
|
|
|
2943 * Take care of multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
2944 * "b" must point to the start of the file name
|
|
|
2945 */
|
|
|
2946 int
|
|
|
2947 after_pathsep(b, p)
|
|
|
2948 char_u *b;
|
|
|
2949 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
|
2951 return vim_ispathsep(p[-1])
|
|
|
2952 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_head_off)(b, p - 1) == 0);
|
|
|
2953 }
|
|
|
2954 #endif
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 /*
|
|
|
2957 * Return TRUE if file names "f1" and "f2" are in the same directory.
|
|
|
2958 * "f1" may be a short name, "f2" must be a full path.
|
|
|
2959 */
|
|
|
2960 int
|
|
|
2961 same_directory(f1, f2)
|
|
|
2962 char_u *f1;
|
|
|
2963 char_u *f2;
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 char_u ffname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2966 char_u *t1;
|
|
|
2967 char_u *t2;
|
|
|
2968
|
|
|
2969 /* safety check */
|
|
|
2970 if (f1 == NULL || f2 == NULL)
|
|
|
2971 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 (void)vim_FullName(f1, ffname, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
|
|
|
2974 t1 = gettail_sep(ffname);
|
|
|
2975 t2 = gettail_sep(f2);
|
|
|
2976 return (t1 - ffname == t2 - f2
|
|
|
2977 && pathcmp((char *)ffname, (char *)f2, (int)(t1 - ffname)) == 0);
|
|
|
2978 }
|
|
|
2979
|
|
7
|
2980 #if defined(FEAT_SESSION) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MAC) \
|
|
574
|
2981 || ((defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)) \
|
|
11
|
2982 && ( defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_DND)) ) \
|
|
7
|
2983 || defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) \
|
|
|
2984 || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2985 /*
|
|
|
2986 * Change to a file's directory.
|
|
|
2987 * Caller must call shorten_fnames()!
|
|
|
2988 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2989 */
|
|
|
2990 int
|
|
|
2991 vim_chdirfile(fname)
|
|
|
2992 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
39
|
2994 char_u dir[MAXPATHL];
|
|
|
2995
|
|
418
|
2996 vim_strncpy(dir, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
39
|
2997 *gettail_sep(dir) = NUL;
|
|
|
2998 return mch_chdir((char *)dir) == 0 ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2999 }
|
|
|
3000 #endif
|
|
|
3001
|
|
|
3002 #if defined(STAT_IGNORES_SLASH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3003 /*
|
|
|
3004 * Check if "name" ends in a slash and is not a directory.
|
|
|
3005 * Used for systems where stat() ignores a trailing slash on a file name.
|
|
|
3006 * The Vim code assumes a trailing slash is only ignored for a directory.
|
|
|
3007 */
|
|
|
3008 int
|
|
|
3009 illegal_slash(name)
|
|
|
3010 char *name;
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 if (name[0] == NUL)
|
|
|
3013 return FALSE; /* no file name is not illegal */
|
|
|
3014 if (name[strlen(name) - 1] != '/')
|
|
|
3015 return FALSE; /* no trailing slash */
|
|
|
3016 if (mch_isdir((char_u *)name))
|
|
|
3017 return FALSE; /* trailing slash for a directory */
|
|
|
3018 return TRUE;
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
|
3020 #endif
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 #if defined(CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3023
|
|
|
3024 /*
|
|
|
3025 * Handling of cursor and mouse pointer shapes in various modes.
|
|
|
3026 */
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 cursorentry_T shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_COUNT] =
|
|
|
3029 {
|
|
|
3030 /* The values will be filled in from the 'guicursor' and 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3031 * defaults when Vim starts.
|
|
|
3032 * Adjust the SHAPE_IDX_ defines when making changes! */
|
|
|
3033 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "n", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3034 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "v", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3035 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "i", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3036 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "r", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3037 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "c", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3038 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ci", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3039 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "cr", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3040 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "o", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3041 {0, 0, 0, 700L, 400L, 250L, 0, 0, "ve", SHAPE_CURSOR+SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3042 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "e", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3043 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "s", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3044 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "sd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3045 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vs", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3046 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "vd", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3047 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "m", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3048 {0, 0, 0, 0L, 0L, 0L, 0, 0, "ml", SHAPE_MOUSE},
|
|
|
3049 {0, 0, 0, 100L, 100L, 100L, 0, 0, "sm", SHAPE_CURSOR},
|
|
|
3050 };
|
|
|
3051
|
|
|
3052 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3053 /*
|
|
|
3054 * Table with names for mouse shapes. Keep in sync with all the tables for
|
|
|
3055 * mch_set_mouse_shape()!.
|
|
|
3056 */
|
|
|
3057 static char * mshape_names[] =
|
|
|
3058 {
|
|
|
3059 "arrow", /* default, must be the first one */
|
|
|
3060 "blank", /* hidden */
|
|
|
3061 "beam",
|
|
|
3062 "updown",
|
|
|
3063 "udsizing",
|
|
|
3064 "leftright",
|
|
|
3065 "lrsizing",
|
|
|
3066 "busy",
|
|
|
3067 "no",
|
|
|
3068 "crosshair",
|
|
|
3069 "hand1",
|
|
|
3070 "hand2",
|
|
|
3071 "pencil",
|
|
|
3072 "question",
|
|
|
3073 "rightup-arrow",
|
|
|
3074 "up-arrow",
|
|
|
3075 NULL
|
|
|
3076 };
|
|
|
3077 #endif
|
|
|
3078
|
|
|
3079 /*
|
|
|
3080 * Parse the 'guicursor' option ("what" is SHAPE_CURSOR) or 'mouseshape'
|
|
|
3081 * ("what" is SHAPE_MOUSE).
|
|
|
3082 * Returns error message for an illegal option, NULL otherwise.
|
|
|
3083 */
|
|
|
3084 char_u *
|
|
|
3085 parse_shape_opt(what)
|
|
|
3086 int what;
|
|
|
3087 {
|
|
|
3088 char_u *modep;
|
|
|
3089 char_u *colonp;
|
|
|
3090 char_u *commap;
|
|
|
3091 char_u *slashp;
|
|
|
3092 char_u *p, *endp;
|
|
|
3093 int idx = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
3094 int all_idx;
|
|
|
3095 int len;
|
|
|
3096 int i;
|
|
|
3097 long n;
|
|
|
3098 int found_ve = FALSE; /* found "ve" flag */
|
|
|
3099 int round;
|
|
|
3100
|
|
|
3101 /*
|
|
|
3102 * First round: check for errors; second round: do it for real.
|
|
|
3103 */
|
|
|
3104 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 /*
|
|
|
3107 * Repeat for all comma separated parts.
|
|
|
3108 */
|
|
|
3109 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3110 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3111 modep = p_mouseshape;
|
|
|
3112 else
|
|
|
3113 #endif
|
|
|
3114 modep = p_guicursor;
|
|
|
3115 while (*modep != NUL)
|
|
|
3116 {
|
|
|
3117 colonp = vim_strchr(modep, ':');
|
|
|
3118 if (colonp == NULL)
|
|
|
3119 return (char_u *)N_("E545: Missing colon");
|
|
|
3120 if (colonp == modep)
|
|
|
3121 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3122 commap = vim_strchr(modep, ',');
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 /*
|
|
|
3125 * Repeat for all mode's before the colon.
|
|
|
3126 * For the 'a' mode, we loop to handle all the modes.
|
|
|
3127 */
|
|
|
3128 all_idx = -1;
|
|
|
3129 while (modep < colonp || all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3130 {
|
|
|
3131 if (all_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3132 {
|
|
|
3133 /* Find the mode. */
|
|
|
3134 if (modep[1] == '-' || modep[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3135 len = 1;
|
|
|
3136 else
|
|
|
3137 len = 2;
|
|
|
3138 if (len == 1 && TOLOWER_ASC(modep[0]) == 'a')
|
|
|
3139 all_idx = SHAPE_IDX_COUNT - 1;
|
|
|
3140 else
|
|
|
3141 {
|
|
|
3142 for (idx = 0; idx < SHAPE_IDX_COUNT; ++idx)
|
|
|
3143 if (STRNICMP(modep, shape_table[idx].name, len)
|
|
|
3144 == 0)
|
|
|
3145 break;
|
|
|
3146 if (idx == SHAPE_IDX_COUNT
|
|
|
3147 || (shape_table[idx].used_for & what) == 0)
|
|
|
3148 return (char_u *)N_("E546: Illegal mode");
|
|
|
3149 if (len == 2 && modep[0] == 'v' && modep[1] == 'e')
|
|
|
3150 found_ve = TRUE;
|
|
|
3151 }
|
|
|
3152 modep += len + 1;
|
|
|
3153 }
|
|
|
3154
|
|
|
3155 if (all_idx >= 0)
|
|
|
3156 idx = all_idx--;
|
|
|
3157 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3158 {
|
|
|
3159 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3160 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3161 {
|
|
|
3162 /* Set the default, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3163 shape_table[idx].mshape = 0;
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165 else
|
|
|
3166 #endif
|
|
|
3167 {
|
|
|
3168 /* Set the defaults, for the missing parts */
|
|
|
3169 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3170 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = 700L;
|
|
|
3171 shape_table[idx].blinkon = 400L;
|
|
|
3172 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = 250L;
|
|
|
3173 }
|
|
|
3174 }
|
|
|
3175
|
|
|
3176 /* Parse the part after the colon */
|
|
|
3177 for (p = colonp + 1; *p && *p != ','; )
|
|
|
3178 {
|
|
|
3179 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3180 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
|
3182 for (i = 0; ; ++i)
|
|
|
3183 {
|
|
|
3184 if (mshape_names[i] == NULL)
|
|
|
3185 {
|
|
|
3186 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3187 return (char_u *)N_("E547: Illegal mouseshape");
|
|
|
3188 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3189 shape_table[idx].mshape =
|
|
|
3190 getdigits(&p) + MSHAPE_NUMBERED;
|
|
|
3191 else
|
|
|
3192 (void)getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3193 break;
|
|
|
3194 }
|
|
|
3195 len = (int)STRLEN(mshape_names[i]);
|
|
|
3196 if (STRNICMP(p, mshape_names[i], len) == 0)
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3199 shape_table[idx].mshape = i;
|
|
|
3200 p += len;
|
|
|
3201 break;
|
|
|
3202 }
|
|
|
3203 }
|
|
|
3204 }
|
|
|
3205 else /* if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3206 #endif
|
|
|
3207 {
|
|
|
3208 /*
|
|
|
3209 * First handle the ones with a number argument.
|
|
|
3210 */
|
|
|
3211 i = *p;
|
|
|
3212 len = 0;
|
|
|
3213 if (STRNICMP(p, "ver", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3214 len = 3;
|
|
|
3215 else if (STRNICMP(p, "hor", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
3216 len = 3;
|
|
|
3217 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkwait", 9) == 0)
|
|
|
3218 len = 9;
|
|
|
3219 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkon", 7) == 0)
|
|
|
3220 len = 7;
|
|
|
3221 else if (STRNICMP(p, "blinkoff", 8) == 0)
|
|
|
3222 len = 8;
|
|
|
3223 if (len != 0)
|
|
|
3224 {
|
|
|
3225 p += len;
|
|
|
3226 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
3227 return (char_u *)N_("E548: digit expected");
|
|
|
3228 n = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
3229 if (len == 3) /* "ver" or "hor" */
|
|
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 if (n == 0)
|
|
|
3232 return (char_u *)N_("E549: Illegal percentage");
|
|
|
3233 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3234 {
|
|
|
3235 if (TOLOWER_ASC(i) == 'v')
|
|
|
3236 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_VER;
|
|
|
3237 else
|
|
|
3238 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_HOR;
|
|
|
3239 shape_table[idx].percentage = n;
|
|
|
3240 }
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242 else if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 if (len == 9)
|
|
|
3245 shape_table[idx].blinkwait = n;
|
|
|
3246 else if (len == 7)
|
|
|
3247 shape_table[idx].blinkon = n;
|
|
|
3248 else
|
|
|
3249 shape_table[idx].blinkoff = n;
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251 }
|
|
|
3252 else if (STRNICMP(p, "block", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
3253 {
|
|
|
3254 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3255 shape_table[idx].shape = SHAPE_BLOCK;
|
|
|
3256 p += 5;
|
|
|
3257 }
|
|
|
3258 else /* must be a highlight group name then */
|
|
|
3259 {
|
|
|
3260 endp = vim_strchr(p, '-');
|
|
|
3261 if (commap == NULL) /* last part */
|
|
|
3262 {
|
|
|
3263 if (endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3264 endp = p + STRLEN(p); /* find end of part */
|
|
|
3265 }
|
|
|
3266 else if (endp > commap || endp == NULL)
|
|
|
3267 endp = commap;
|
|
|
3268 slashp = vim_strchr(p, '/');
|
|
|
3269 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3270 {
|
|
|
3271 /* "group/langmap_group" */
|
|
|
3272 i = syn_check_group(p, (int)(slashp - p));
|
|
|
3273 p = slashp + 1;
|
|
|
3274 }
|
|
|
3275 if (round == 2)
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 shape_table[idx].id = syn_check_group(p,
|
|
|
3278 (int)(endp - p));
|
|
|
3279 shape_table[idx].id_lm = shape_table[idx].id;
|
|
|
3280 if (slashp != NULL && slashp < endp)
|
|
|
3281 shape_table[idx].id = i;
|
|
|
3282 }
|
|
|
3283 p = endp;
|
|
|
3284 }
|
|
|
3285 } /* if (what != SHAPE_MOUSE) */
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 if (*p == '-')
|
|
|
3288 ++p;
|
|
|
3289 }
|
|
|
3290 }
|
|
|
3291 modep = p;
|
|
|
3292 if (*modep == ',')
|
|
|
3293 ++modep;
|
|
|
3294 }
|
|
|
3295 }
|
|
|
3296
|
|
|
3297 /* If the 's' flag is not given, use the 'v' cursor for 's' */
|
|
|
3298 if (!found_ve)
|
|
|
3299 {
|
|
|
3300 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3301 if (what == SHAPE_MOUSE)
|
|
|
3302 {
|
|
|
3303 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].mshape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].mshape;
|
|
|
3304 }
|
|
|
3305 else
|
|
|
3306 #endif
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].shape = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].shape;
|
|
|
3309 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].percentage =
|
|
|
3310 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].percentage;
|
|
|
3311 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkwait =
|
|
|
3312 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkwait;
|
|
|
3313 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkon =
|
|
|
3314 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkon;
|
|
|
3315 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].blinkoff =
|
|
|
3316 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].blinkoff;
|
|
|
3317 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id;
|
|
|
3318 shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VE].id_lm = shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_V].id_lm;
|
|
|
3319 }
|
|
|
3320 }
|
|
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 return NULL;
|
|
|
3323 }
|
|
|
3324
|
|
500
|
3325 # if defined(MCH_CURSOR_SHAPE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) \
|
|
|
3326 || defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3327 /*
|
|
|
3328 * Return the index into shape_table[] for the current mode.
|
|
|
3329 * When "mouse" is TRUE, consider indexes valid for the mouse pointer.
|
|
|
3330 */
|
|
|
3331 int
|
|
|
3332 get_shape_idx(mouse)
|
|
|
3333 int mouse;
|
|
|
3334 {
|
|
|
3335 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSESHAPE
|
|
|
3336 if (mouse && (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE))
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
|
3338 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
87
|
3339 int x, y;
|
|
|
3340 gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
|
3341 if (Y_2_ROW(y) == Rows - 1)
|
|
7
|
3342 return SHAPE_IDX_MOREL;
|
|
|
3343 # endif
|
|
|
3344 return SHAPE_IDX_MORE;
|
|
|
3345 }
|
|
|
3346 if (mouse && drag_status_line)
|
|
|
3347 return SHAPE_IDX_SDRAG;
|
|
|
3348 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
|
|
|
3349 if (mouse && drag_sep_line)
|
|
|
3350 return SHAPE_IDX_VDRAG;
|
|
|
3351 # endif
|
|
|
3352 #endif
|
|
|
3353 if (!mouse && State == SHOWMATCH)
|
|
|
3354 return SHAPE_IDX_SM;
|
|
|
3355 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
3356 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3357 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3358 #endif
|
|
|
3359 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
3360 return SHAPE_IDX_R;
|
|
|
3361 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
3362 return SHAPE_IDX_I;
|
|
|
3363 if (State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
3364 {
|
|
|
3365 if (cmdline_at_end())
|
|
|
3366 return SHAPE_IDX_C;
|
|
|
3367 if (cmdline_overstrike())
|
|
|
3368 return SHAPE_IDX_CR;
|
|
|
3369 return SHAPE_IDX_CI;
|
|
|
3370 }
|
|
|
3371 if (finish_op)
|
|
|
3372 return SHAPE_IDX_O;
|
|
|
3373 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
3374 if (VIsual_active)
|
|
|
3375 {
|
|
|
3376 if (*p_sel == 'e')
|
|
|
3377 return SHAPE_IDX_VE;
|
|
|
3378 else
|
|
|
3379 return SHAPE_IDX_V;
|
|
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381 #endif
|
|
|
3382 return SHAPE_IDX_N;
|
|
|
3383 }
|
|
500
|
3384 #endif
|
|
7
|
3385
|
|
|
3386 # if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3387 static int old_mouse_shape = 0;
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 /*
|
|
|
3390 * Set the mouse shape:
|
|
|
3391 * If "shape" is -1, use shape depending on the current mode,
|
|
|
3392 * depending on the current state.
|
|
|
3393 * If "shape" is -2, only update the shape when it's CLINE or STATUS (used
|
|
|
3394 * when the mouse moves off the status or command line).
|
|
|
3395 */
|
|
|
3396 void
|
|
|
3397 update_mouseshape(shape_idx)
|
|
|
3398 int shape_idx;
|
|
|
3399 {
|
|
|
3400 int new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 /* Only works in GUI mode. */
|
|
227
|
3403 if (!gui.in_use || gui.starting)
|
|
7
|
3404 return;
|
|
|
3405
|
|
|
3406 /* Postpone the updating when more is to come. Speeds up executing of
|
|
|
3407 * mappings. */
|
|
|
3408 if (shape_idx == -1 && char_avail())
|
|
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 postponed_mouseshape = TRUE;
|
|
|
3411 return;
|
|
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413
|
|
|
3414 if (shape_idx == -2
|
|
|
3415 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_CLINE].mshape
|
|
|
3416 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_STATUS].mshape
|
|
|
3417 && old_mouse_shape != shape_table[SHAPE_IDX_VSEP].mshape)
|
|
|
3418 return;
|
|
|
3419 if (shape_idx < 0)
|
|
|
3420 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[get_shape_idx(TRUE)].mshape;
|
|
|
3421 else
|
|
|
3422 new_mouse_shape = shape_table[shape_idx].mshape;
|
|
|
3423 if (new_mouse_shape != old_mouse_shape)
|
|
|
3424 {
|
|
|
3425 mch_set_mouse_shape(new_mouse_shape);
|
|
|
3426 old_mouse_shape = new_mouse_shape;
|
|
|
3427 }
|
|
|
3428 postponed_mouseshape = FALSE;
|
|
|
3429 }
|
|
|
3430 # endif
|
|
|
3431
|
|
|
3432 #endif /* CURSOR_SHAPE */
|
|
|
3433
|
|
|
3434
|
|
|
3435 #ifdef FEAT_CRYPT
|
|
|
3436 /*
|
|
|
3437 * Optional encryption suypport.
|
|
|
3438 * Mohsin Ahmed, mosh@sasi.com, 98-09-24
|
|
|
3439 * Based on zip/crypt sources.
|
|
|
3440 *
|
|
|
3441 * NOTE FOR USA: Since 2000 exporting this code from the USA is allowed to
|
|
|
3442 * most countries. There are a few exceptions, but that still should not be a
|
|
|
3443 * problem since this code was originally created in Europe and India.
|
|
|
3444 */
|
|
|
3445
|
|
|
3446 /* from zip.h */
|
|
|
3447
|
|
|
3448 typedef unsigned short ush; /* unsigned 16-bit value */
|
|
|
3449 typedef unsigned long ulg; /* unsigned 32-bit value */
|
|
|
3450
|
|
|
3451 static void make_crc_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3452
|
|
297
|
3453 static ulg crc_32_tab[256];
|
|
7
|
3454
|
|
|
3455 /*
|
|
|
3456 * Fill the CRC table.
|
|
|
3457 */
|
|
|
3458 static void
|
|
|
3459 make_crc_tab()
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 ulg s,t,v;
|
|
|
3462 static int done = FALSE;
|
|
|
3463
|
|
|
3464 if (done)
|
|
|
3465 return;
|
|
|
3466 for (t = 0; t < 256; t++)
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 v = t;
|
|
|
3469 for (s = 0; s < 8; s++)
|
|
|
3470 v = (v >> 1) ^ ((v & 1) * (ulg)0xedb88320L);
|
|
|
3471 crc_32_tab[t] = v;
|
|
|
3472 }
|
|
|
3473 done = TRUE;
|
|
|
3474 }
|
|
|
3475
|
|
|
3476 #define CRC32(c, b) (crc_32_tab[((int)(c) ^ (b)) & 0xff] ^ ((c) >> 8))
|
|
|
3477
|
|
|
3478
|
|
|
3479 static ulg keys[3]; /* keys defining the pseudo-random sequence */
|
|
|
3480
|
|
|
3481 /*
|
|
|
3482 * Return the next byte in the pseudo-random sequence
|
|
|
3483 */
|
|
|
3484 int
|
|
|
3485 decrypt_byte()
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 ush temp;
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 temp = (ush)keys[2] | 2;
|
|
|
3490 return (int)(((unsigned)(temp * (temp ^ 1)) >> 8) & 0xff);
|
|
|
3491 }
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 /*
|
|
|
3494 * Update the encryption keys with the next byte of plain text
|
|
|
3495 */
|
|
|
3496 int
|
|
|
3497 update_keys(c)
|
|
|
3498 int c; /* byte of plain text */
|
|
|
3499 {
|
|
|
3500 keys[0] = CRC32(keys[0], c);
|
|
|
3501 keys[1] += keys[0] & 0xff;
|
|
|
3502 keys[1] = keys[1] * 134775813L + 1;
|
|
|
3503 keys[2] = CRC32(keys[2], (int)(keys[1] >> 24));
|
|
|
3504 return c;
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506
|
|
|
3507 /*
|
|
|
3508 * Initialize the encryption keys and the random header according to
|
|
|
3509 * the given password.
|
|
|
3510 * If "passwd" is NULL or empty, don't do anything.
|
|
|
3511 */
|
|
|
3512 void
|
|
|
3513 crypt_init_keys(passwd)
|
|
|
3514 char_u *passwd; /* password string with which to modify keys */
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 if (passwd != NULL && *passwd != NUL)
|
|
|
3517 {
|
|
|
3518 make_crc_tab();
|
|
|
3519 keys[0] = 305419896L;
|
|
|
3520 keys[1] = 591751049L;
|
|
|
3521 keys[2] = 878082192L;
|
|
|
3522 while (*passwd != '\0')
|
|
|
3523 update_keys((int)*passwd++);
|
|
|
3524 }
|
|
|
3525 }
|
|
|
3526
|
|
|
3527 /*
|
|
|
3528 * Ask the user for a crypt key.
|
|
|
3529 * When "store" is TRUE, the new key in stored in the 'key' option, and the
|
|
|
3530 * 'key' option value is returned: Don't free it.
|
|
|
3531 * When "store" is FALSE, the typed key is returned in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3532 * Returns NULL on failure.
|
|
|
3533 */
|
|
|
3534 char_u *
|
|
|
3535 get_crypt_key(store, twice)
|
|
|
3536 int store;
|
|
|
3537 int twice; /* Ask for the key twice. */
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 char_u *p1, *p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3540 int round;
|
|
|
3541
|
|
|
3542 for (round = 0; ; ++round)
|
|
|
3543 {
|
|
|
3544 cmdline_star = TRUE;
|
|
|
3545 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
3546 p1 = getcmdline_prompt(NUL, round == 0
|
|
|
3547 ? (char_u *)_("Enter encryption key: ")
|
|
531
|
3548 : (char_u *)_("Enter same key again: "), 0, EXPAND_NOTHING,
|
|
|
3549 NULL);
|
|
7
|
3550 cmdline_star = FALSE;
|
|
|
3551
|
|
|
3552 if (p1 == NULL)
|
|
|
3553 break;
|
|
|
3554
|
|
|
3555 if (round == twice)
|
|
|
3556 {
|
|
|
3557 if (p2 != NULL && STRCMP(p1, p2) != 0)
|
|
|
3558 {
|
|
|
3559 MSG(_("Keys don't match!"));
|
|
|
3560 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3561 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3562 p2 = NULL;
|
|
|
3563 round = -1; /* do it again */
|
|
|
3564 continue;
|
|
|
3565 }
|
|
|
3566 if (store)
|
|
|
3567 {
|
|
|
3568 set_option_value((char_u *)"key", 0L, p1, OPT_LOCAL);
|
|
|
3569 vim_free(p1);
|
|
|
3570 p1 = curbuf->b_p_key;
|
|
|
3571 }
|
|
|
3572 break;
|
|
|
3573 }
|
|
|
3574 p2 = p1;
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576
|
|
|
3577 /* since the user typed this, no need to wait for return */
|
|
|
3578 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
3579 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 vim_free(p2);
|
|
|
3582 return p1;
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 #endif /* FEAT_CRYPT */
|
|
|
3586
|
|
|
3587 /* TODO: make some #ifdef for this */
|
|
|
3588 /*--------[ file searching ]-------------------------------------------------*/
|
|
|
3589 /*
|
|
|
3590 * File searching functions for 'path', 'tags' and 'cdpath' options.
|
|
|
3591 * External visible functions:
|
|
|
3592 * vim_findfile_init() creates/initialises the search context
|
|
|
3593 * vim_findfile_free_visited() free list of visited files/dirs of search
|
|
|
3594 * context
|
|
|
3595 * vim_findfile() find a file in the search context
|
|
|
3596 * vim_findfile_cleanup() cleanup/free search context created by
|
|
|
3597 * vim_findfile_init()
|
|
|
3598 *
|
|
|
3599 * All static functions and variables start with 'ff_'
|
|
|
3600 *
|
|
|
3601 * In general it works like this:
|
|
|
3602 * First you create yourself a search context by calling vim_findfile_init().
|
|
|
3603 * It is possible to give a search context from a previous call to
|
|
|
3604 * vim_findfile_init(), so it can be reused. After this you call vim_findfile()
|
|
|
3605 * until you are satisfied with the result or it returns NULL. On every call it
|
|
|
3606 * returns the next file which matches the conditions given to
|
|
|
3607 * vim_findfile_init(). If it doesn't find a next file it returns NULL.
|
|
|
3608 *
|
|
|
3609 * It is possible to call vim_findfile_init() again to reinitialise your search
|
|
|
3610 * with some new parameters. Don't forget to pass your old search context to
|
|
|
3611 * it, so it can reuse it and especially reuse the list of already visited
|
|
|
3612 * directories. If you want to delete the list of already visited directories
|
|
|
3613 * simply call vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3614 *
|
|
|
3615 * When you are done call vim_findfile_cleanup() to free the search context.
|
|
|
3616 *
|
|
|
3617 * The function vim_findfile_init() has a long comment, which describes the
|
|
|
3618 * needed parameters.
|
|
|
3619 *
|
|
|
3620 *
|
|
|
3621 *
|
|
|
3622 * ATTENTION:
|
|
|
3623 * ==========
|
|
|
3624 * Also we use an allocated search context here, this functions ARE NOT
|
|
|
3625 * thread-safe!!!!!
|
|
|
3626 *
|
|
|
3627 * To minimize parameter passing (or because I'm to lazy), only the
|
|
|
3628 * external visible functions get a search context as a parameter. This is
|
|
|
3629 * then assigned to a static global, which is used throughout the local
|
|
|
3630 * functions.
|
|
|
3631 */
|
|
|
3632
|
|
|
3633 /*
|
|
|
3634 * type for the directory search stack
|
|
|
3635 */
|
|
|
3636 typedef struct ff_stack
|
|
|
3637 {
|
|
|
3638 struct ff_stack *ffs_prev;
|
|
|
3639
|
|
|
3640 /* the fix part (no wildcards) and the part containing the wildcards
|
|
|
3641 * of the search path
|
|
|
3642 */
|
|
|
3643 char_u *ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
3644 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3645 char_u *ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
3646 #endif
|
|
|
3647
|
|
|
3648 /* files/dirs found in the above directory, matched by the first wildcard
|
|
|
3649 * of wc_part
|
|
|
3650 */
|
|
|
3651 char_u **ffs_filearray;
|
|
|
3652 int ffs_filearray_size;
|
|
|
3653 char_u ffs_filearray_cur; /* needed for partly handled dirs */
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 /* to store status of partly handled directories
|
|
|
3656 * 0: we work the on this directory for the first time
|
|
|
3657 * 1: this directory was partly searched in an earlier step
|
|
|
3658 */
|
|
|
3659 int ffs_stage;
|
|
|
3660
|
|
|
3661 /* How deep are we in the directory tree?
|
|
|
3662 * Counts backward from value of level parameter to vim_findfile_init
|
|
|
3663 */
|
|
|
3664 int ffs_level;
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 /* Did we already expand '**' to an empty string? */
|
|
|
3667 int ffs_star_star_empty;
|
|
|
3668 } ff_stack_T;
|
|
|
3669
|
|
|
3670 /*
|
|
|
3671 * type for already visited directories or files.
|
|
|
3672 */
|
|
|
3673 typedef struct ff_visited
|
|
|
3674 {
|
|
|
3675 struct ff_visited *ffv_next;
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3678 /* Visited directories are different if the wildcard string are
|
|
|
3679 * different. So we have to save it.
|
|
|
3680 */
|
|
|
3681 char_u *ffv_wc_path;
|
|
|
3682 #endif
|
|
|
3683 /* for unix use inode etc for comparison (needed because of links), else
|
|
|
3684 * use filename.
|
|
|
3685 */
|
|
|
3686 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
3687 int ffv_dev; /* device number (-1 if not set) */
|
|
|
3688 ino_t ffv_ino; /* inode number */
|
|
|
3689 #endif
|
|
|
3690 /* The memory for this struct is allocated according to the length of
|
|
|
3691 * ffv_fname.
|
|
|
3692 */
|
|
|
3693 char_u ffv_fname[1]; /* actually longer */
|
|
|
3694 } ff_visited_T;
|
|
|
3695
|
|
|
3696 /*
|
|
|
3697 * We might have to manage several visited lists during a search.
|
|
|
3698 * This is expecially needed for the tags option. If tags is set to:
|
|
|
3699 * "./++/tags,./++/TAGS,++/tags" (replace + with *)
|
|
|
3700 * So we have to do 3 searches:
|
|
|
3701 * 1) search from the current files directory downward for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3702 * 2) search from the current files directory downward for the file "TAGS"
|
|
|
3703 * 3) search from Vims current directory downwards for the file "tags"
|
|
|
3704 * As you can see, the first and the third search are for the same file, so for
|
|
|
3705 * the third search we can use the visited list of the first search. For the
|
|
|
3706 * second search we must start from a empty visited list.
|
|
|
3707 * The struct ff_visited_list_hdr is used to manage a linked list of already
|
|
|
3708 * visited lists.
|
|
|
3709 */
|
|
|
3710 typedef struct ff_visited_list_hdr
|
|
|
3711 {
|
|
|
3712 struct ff_visited_list_hdr *ffvl_next;
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 /* the filename the attached visited list is for */
|
|
|
3715 char_u *ffvl_filename;
|
|
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 ff_visited_T *ffvl_visited_list;
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 } ff_visited_list_hdr_T;
|
|
|
3720
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 /*
|
|
|
3723 * '**' can be expanded to several directory levels.
|
|
|
3724 * Set the default maximium depth.
|
|
|
3725 */
|
|
|
3726 #define FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND ((char_u)30)
|
|
|
3727 /*
|
|
|
3728 * The search context:
|
|
|
3729 * ffsc_stack_ptr: the stack for the dirs to search
|
|
|
3730 * ffsc_visited_list: the currently active visited list
|
|
|
3731 * ffsc_dir_visited_list: the currently active visited list for search dirs
|
|
|
3732 * ffsc_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists
|
|
|
3733 * ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list: the list of all visited lists for search dirs
|
|
|
3734 * ffsc_file_to_search: the file to search for
|
|
|
3735 * ffsc_start_dir: the starting directory, if search path was relative
|
|
|
3736 * ffsc_fix_path: the fix part of the given path (without wildcards)
|
|
|
3737 * Needed for upward search.
|
|
|
3738 * ffsc_wc_path: the part of the given path containing wildcards
|
|
|
3739 * ffsc_level: how many levels of dirs to search downwards
|
|
|
3740 * ffsc_stopdirs_v: array of stop directories for upward search
|
|
|
3741 * ffsc_need_dir: TRUE if we search for a directory
|
|
|
3742 */
|
|
|
3743 typedef struct ff_search_ctx_T
|
|
|
3744 {
|
|
|
3745 ff_stack_T *ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
3746 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_list;
|
|
|
3747 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_list;
|
|
|
3748 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3749 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list;
|
|
|
3750 char_u *ffsc_file_to_search;
|
|
|
3751 char_u *ffsc_start_dir;
|
|
|
3752 char_u *ffsc_fix_path;
|
|
|
3753 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3754 char_u *ffsc_wc_path;
|
|
|
3755 int ffsc_level;
|
|
|
3756 char_u **ffsc_stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
3757 #endif
|
|
|
3758 int ffsc_need_dir;
|
|
359
|
3759 } ff_search_ctx_T;
|
|
|
3760
|
|
7
|
3761 static ff_search_ctx_T *ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
3762
|
|
|
3763 /* locally needed functions */
|
|
|
3764 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3765 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *, char_u *));
|
|
|
3766 #else
|
|
|
3767 static int ff_check_visited __ARGS((ff_visited_T **, char_u *));
|
|
|
3768 #endif
|
|
|
3769 static void vim_findfile_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3770 static void ff_free_visited_list __ARGS((ff_visited_T *vl));
|
|
|
3771 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T* ff_get_visited_list __ARGS((char_u *, ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp));
|
|
|
3772 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3773 static int ff_wc_equal __ARGS((char_u *s1, char_u *s2));
|
|
|
3774 #endif
|
|
|
3775
|
|
|
3776 static void ff_push __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3777 static ff_stack_T * ff_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3778 static void ff_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3779 static void ff_free_stack_element __ARGS((ff_stack_T *));
|
|
|
3780 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3781 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3782 #else
|
|
|
3783 static ff_stack_T *ff_create_stack_element __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
|
|
|
3784 #endif
|
|
|
3785 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3786 static int ff_path_in_stoplist __ARGS((char_u *, int, char_u **));
|
|
|
3787 #endif
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 #if 0
|
|
|
3790 /*
|
|
|
3791 * if someone likes findfirst/findnext, here are the functions
|
|
|
3792 * NOT TESTED!!
|
|
|
3793 */
|
|
|
3794
|
|
|
3795 static void *ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 char_u *
|
|
|
3798 vim_findfirst(path, filename, level)
|
|
|
3799 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3800 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3801 int level;
|
|
|
3802 {
|
|
|
3803 ff_fn_search_context =
|
|
|
3804 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, NULL, level, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
|
3805 ff_fn_search_context, rel_fname);
|
|
|
3806 if (NULL == ff_fn_search_context)
|
|
|
3807 return NULL;
|
|
|
3808 else
|
|
|
3809 return vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3810 }
|
|
|
3811
|
|
|
3812 char_u *
|
|
|
3813 vim_findnext()
|
|
|
3814 {
|
|
|
3815 char_u *ret = vim_findfile(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3816
|
|
|
3817 if (NULL == ret)
|
|
|
3818 {
|
|
|
3819 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_fn_search_context);
|
|
|
3820 ff_fn_search_context = NULL;
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822 return ret;
|
|
|
3823 }
|
|
|
3824 #endif
|
|
|
3825
|
|
|
3826 /*
|
|
|
3827 * Initialization routine for vim_findfile.
|
|
|
3828 *
|
|
|
3829 * Returns the newly allocated search context or NULL if an error occured.
|
|
|
3830 *
|
|
|
3831 * Don't forget to clean up by calling vim_findfile_cleanup() if you are done
|
|
|
3832 * with the search context.
|
|
|
3833 *
|
|
|
3834 * Find the file 'filename' in the directory 'path'.
|
|
|
3835 * The parameter 'path' may contain wildcards. If so only search 'level'
|
|
|
3836 * directories deep. The parameter 'level' is the absolute maximum and is
|
|
|
3837 * not related to restricts given to the '**' wildcard. If 'level' is 100
|
|
|
3838 * and you use '**200' vim_findfile() will stop after 100 levels.
|
|
|
3839 *
|
|
|
3840 * If 'stopdirs' is not NULL and nothing is found downward, the search is
|
|
|
3841 * restarted on the next higher directory level. This is repeated until the
|
|
|
3842 * start-directory of a search is contained in 'stopdirs'. 'stopdirs' has the
|
|
|
3843 * format ";*<dirname>*\(;<dirname>\)*;\=$".
|
|
|
3844 *
|
|
|
3845 * If the 'path' is relative, the starting dir for the search is either VIM's
|
|
|
3846 * current dir or if the path starts with "./" the current files dir.
|
|
|
3847 * If the 'path' is absolut, the starting dir is that part of the path before
|
|
|
3848 * the first wildcard.
|
|
|
3849 *
|
|
|
3850 * Upward search is only done on the starting dir.
|
|
|
3851 *
|
|
|
3852 * If 'free_visited' is TRUE the list of already visited files/directories is
|
|
|
3853 * cleared. Set this to FALSE if you just want to search from another
|
|
|
3854 * directory, but want to be sure that no directory from a previous search is
|
|
|
3855 * searched again. This is useful if you search for a file at different places.
|
|
|
3856 * The list of visited files/dirs can also be cleared with the function
|
|
|
3857 * vim_findfile_free_visited().
|
|
|
3858 *
|
|
|
3859 * Set the parameter 'need_dir' to TRUE if you want to search for a directory
|
|
|
3860 * instead of a file.
|
|
|
3861 *
|
|
|
3862 * A search context returned by a previous call to vim_findfile_init() can be
|
|
|
3863 * passed in the parameter 'search_ctx'. This context is than reused and
|
|
|
3864 * reinitialized with the new parameters. The list of already viseted
|
|
|
3865 * directories from this context is only deleted if the parameter
|
|
|
3866 * 'free_visited' is true. Be aware that the passed search_context is freed if
|
|
|
3867 * the reinitialization fails.
|
|
|
3868 *
|
|
|
3869 * If you don't have a search context from a previous call 'search_ctx' must be
|
|
|
3870 * NULL.
|
|
|
3871 *
|
|
|
3872 * This function silently ignores a few errors, vim_findfile() will have
|
|
|
3873 * limited functionality then.
|
|
|
3874 */
|
|
|
3875 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3876 void *
|
|
|
3877 vim_findfile_init(path, filename, stopdirs, level, free_visited, need_dir,
|
|
|
3878 search_ctx, tagfile, rel_fname)
|
|
|
3879 char_u *path;
|
|
|
3880 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
3881 char_u *stopdirs;
|
|
|
3882 int level;
|
|
|
3883 int free_visited;
|
|
|
3884 int need_dir;
|
|
|
3885 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
3886 int tagfile;
|
|
|
3887 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name to use for "." */
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
|
3889 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3890 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
3891 #endif
|
|
|
3892 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
3893
|
|
|
3894 /* If a search context is given by the caller, reuse it, else allocate a
|
|
|
3895 * new one.
|
|
|
3896 */
|
|
|
3897 if (search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
3898 ff_search_ctx = search_ctx;
|
|
|
3899 else
|
|
|
3900 {
|
|
|
3901 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)alloc(
|
|
|
3902 (unsigned)sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3903 if (ff_search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
3904 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3905 memset(ff_search_ctx, 0, sizeof(ff_search_ctx_T));
|
|
|
3906 }
|
|
|
3907
|
|
|
3908 /* clear the search context, but NOT the visited lists */
|
|
|
3909 ff_clear();
|
|
|
3910
|
|
|
3911 /* clear visited list if wanted */
|
|
|
3912 if (free_visited == TRUE)
|
|
|
3913 vim_findfile_free_visited(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
3914 else
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
|
3916 /* Reuse old visited lists. Get the visited list for the given
|
|
|
3917 * filename. If no list for the current filename exists, creates a new
|
|
|
3918 * one.
|
|
|
3919 */
|
|
|
3920 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3921 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3922 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3923 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3924 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list = ff_get_visited_list(filename,
|
|
|
3925 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
3926 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list == NULL)
|
|
|
3927 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929
|
|
|
3930 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3931 {
|
|
|
3932 ff_expand_buffer = (char_u*)alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
3933 if (ff_expand_buffer == NULL)
|
|
|
3934 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3935 }
|
|
|
3936
|
|
|
3937 /* Store information on starting dir now if path is relative.
|
|
20
|
3938 * If path is absolute, we do that later. */
|
|
7
|
3939 if (path[0] == '.'
|
|
|
3940 && (vim_ispathsep(path[1]) || path[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
3941 && (!tagfile || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_DOTTAG) == NULL)
|
|
|
3942 && rel_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
3943 {
|
|
|
3944 int len = (int)(gettail(rel_fname) - rel_fname);
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 if (!vim_isAbsName(rel_fname) && len + 1 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 /* Make the start dir an absolute path name. */
|
|
418
|
3949 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, rel_fname, len);
|
|
7
|
3950 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = FullName_save(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
3951 FALSE);
|
|
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953 else
|
|
|
3954 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strnsave(rel_fname, len);
|
|
|
3955 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3956 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3957 if (*++path != NUL)
|
|
|
3958 ++path;
|
|
|
3959 }
|
|
|
3960 else if (*path == NUL || !vim_isAbsName(path))
|
|
|
3961 {
|
|
|
3962 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3963 /* "c:dir" needs "c:" to be expanded, otherwise use current dir */
|
|
|
3964 if (*path != NUL && path[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3965 {
|
|
|
3966 char_u drive[3];
|
|
|
3967
|
|
|
3968 drive[0] = path[0];
|
|
|
3969 drive[1] = ':';
|
|
|
3970 drive[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3971 if (vim_FullName(drive, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3972 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3973 path += 2;
|
|
|
3974 }
|
|
|
3975 else
|
|
|
3976 #endif
|
|
|
3977 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3978 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3979
|
|
|
3980 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
3981 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
3982 goto error_return;
|
|
|
3983
|
|
|
3984 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
3985 /* A path that starts with "/dir" is relative to the drive, not to the
|
|
|
3986 * directory (but not for "//machine/dir"). Only use the drive name. */
|
|
|
3987 if ((*path == '/' || *path == '\\')
|
|
|
3988 && path[1] != path[0]
|
|
|
3989 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[1] == ':')
|
|
|
3990 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[2] = NUL;
|
|
|
3991 #endif
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993
|
|
|
3994 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
3995 /*
|
|
|
3996 * If stopdirs are given, split them into an array of pointers.
|
|
|
3997 * If this fails (mem allocation), there is no upward search at all or a
|
|
|
3998 * stop directory is not recognized -> continue silently.
|
|
|
3999 * If stopdirs just contains a ";" or is empty,
|
|
|
4000 * ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v will only contain a NULL pointer. This
|
|
|
4001 * is handled as unlimited upward search. See function
|
|
|
4002 * ff_path_in_stoplist() for details.
|
|
|
4003 */
|
|
|
4004 if (stopdirs != NULL)
|
|
|
4005 {
|
|
|
4006 char_u *walker = stopdirs;
|
|
|
4007 int dircount;
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 while (*walker == ';')
|
|
|
4010 walker++;
|
|
|
4011
|
|
|
4012 dircount = 1;
|
|
|
4013 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v =
|
|
|
4014 (char_u **)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4015
|
|
|
4016 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
4017 {
|
|
|
4018 do
|
|
|
4019 {
|
|
|
4020 char_u *helper;
|
|
|
4021 void *ptr;
|
|
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 helper = walker;
|
|
|
4024 ptr = vim_realloc(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v,
|
|
|
4025 (dircount + 1) * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
4026 if (ptr)
|
|
|
4027 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = ptr;
|
|
|
4028 else
|
|
|
4029 /* ignore, keep what we have and continue */
|
|
|
4030 break;
|
|
|
4031 walker = vim_strchr(walker, ';');
|
|
|
4032 if (walker)
|
|
|
4033 {
|
|
|
4034 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4035 vim_strnsave(helper, (int)(walker - helper));
|
|
|
4036 walker++;
|
|
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038 else
|
|
|
4039 /* this might be "", which means ascent till top
|
|
|
4040 * of directory tree.
|
|
|
4041 */
|
|
|
4042 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] =
|
|
|
4043 vim_strsave(helper);
|
|
|
4044
|
|
|
4045 dircount++;
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 } while (walker != NULL);
|
|
|
4048 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[dircount-1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4049 }
|
|
|
4050 }
|
|
|
4051 #endif
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4054 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = level;
|
|
|
4055
|
|
|
4056 /* split into:
|
|
|
4057 * -fix path
|
|
|
4058 * -wildcard_stuff (might be NULL)
|
|
|
4059 */
|
|
|
4060 wc_part = vim_strchr(path, '*');
|
|
|
4061 if (wc_part != NULL)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
|
4063 int llevel;
|
|
|
4064 int len;
|
|
29
|
4065 char *errpt;
|
|
7
|
4066
|
|
|
4067 /* save the fix part of the path */
|
|
|
4068 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strnsave(path,
|
|
|
4069 (int)(wc_part - path));
|
|
|
4070
|
|
|
4071 /*
|
|
|
4072 * copy wc_path and add restricts to the '**' wildcard.
|
|
|
4073 * The octett after a '**' is used as a (binary) counter.
|
|
|
4074 * So '**3' is transposed to '**^C' ('^C' is ASCII value 3)
|
|
|
4075 * or '**76' is transposed to '**N'( 'N' is ASCII value 76).
|
|
|
4076 * For EBCDIC you get different character values.
|
|
|
4077 * If no restrict is given after '**' the default is used.
|
|
|
4078 * Due to this technic the path looks awful if you print it as a
|
|
|
4079 * string.
|
|
|
4080 */
|
|
|
4081 len = 0;
|
|
|
4082 while (*wc_part != NUL)
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 if (STRNCMP(wc_part, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4085 {
|
|
|
4086 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4087 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4088
|
|
29
|
4089 llevel = strtol((char *)wc_part, &errpt, 10);
|
|
|
4090 if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel > 0 && llevel < 255)
|
|
7
|
4091 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = llevel;
|
|
29
|
4092 else if ((char_u *)errpt != wc_part && llevel == 0)
|
|
7
|
4093 /* restrict is 0 -> remove already added '**' */
|
|
|
4094 len -= 2;
|
|
|
4095 else
|
|
|
4096 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = FF_MAX_STAR_STAR_EXPAND;
|
|
29
|
4097 wc_part = (char_u *)errpt;
|
|
461
|
4098 if (*wc_part != NUL && !vim_ispathsep(*wc_part))
|
|
7
|
4099 {
|
|
|
4100 EMSG2(_("E343: Invalid path: '**[number]' must be at the end of the path or be followed by '%s'."), PATHSEPSTR);
|
|
|
4101 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103 }
|
|
|
4104 else
|
|
|
4105 ff_expand_buffer[len++] = *wc_part++;
|
|
|
4106 }
|
|
|
4107 ff_expand_buffer[len] = NUL;
|
|
359
|
4108 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = vim_strsave(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
7
|
4109
|
|
|
4110 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path == NULL)
|
|
|
4111 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113 else
|
|
|
4114 #endif
|
|
|
4115 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = vim_strsave(path);
|
|
|
4116
|
|
|
4117 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == NULL)
|
|
|
4118 {
|
|
|
4119 /* store the fix part as startdir.
|
|
|
4120 * This is needed if the parameter path is fully qualified.
|
|
|
4121 */
|
|
|
4122 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = vim_strsave(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4123 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4124 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4125 }
|
|
|
4126
|
|
|
4127 /* create an absolute path */
|
|
|
4128 STRCPY(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4129 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4130 STRCAT(ff_expand_buffer, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4131 add_pathsep(ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4132
|
|
|
4133 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(ff_expand_buffer,
|
|
|
4134 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4135 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path,
|
|
|
4136 #endif
|
|
|
4137 level, 0);
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4140 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4141
|
|
|
4142 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4145 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search == NULL)
|
|
|
4146 goto error_return;
|
|
|
4147
|
|
|
4148 return ff_search_ctx;
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 error_return:
|
|
|
4151 /*
|
|
|
4152 * We clear the search context now!
|
|
|
4153 * Even when the caller gave us a (perhaps valid) context we free it here,
|
|
|
4154 * as we might have already destroyed it.
|
|
|
4155 */
|
|
|
4156 vim_findfile_cleanup(ff_search_ctx);
|
|
|
4157 return NULL;
|
|
|
4158 }
|
|
|
4159
|
|
|
4160 #if defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4161 /*
|
|
|
4162 * Get the stopdir string. Check that ';' is not escaped.
|
|
|
4163 */
|
|
|
4164 char_u *
|
|
|
4165 vim_findfile_stopdir(buf)
|
|
|
4166 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
4167 {
|
|
|
4168 char_u *r_ptr = buf;
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 while (*r_ptr != NUL && *r_ptr != ';')
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 if (r_ptr[0] == '\\' && r_ptr[1] == ';')
|
|
|
4173 {
|
|
|
4174 /* overwrite the escape char,
|
|
|
4175 * use STRLEN(r_ptr) to move the trailing '\0'
|
|
|
4176 */
|
|
|
4177 mch_memmove(r_ptr, r_ptr + 1, STRLEN(r_ptr));
|
|
|
4178 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4179 }
|
|
|
4180 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4181 }
|
|
|
4182 if (*r_ptr == ';')
|
|
|
4183 {
|
|
|
4184 *r_ptr = 0;
|
|
|
4185 r_ptr++;
|
|
|
4186 }
|
|
|
4187 else if (*r_ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
4188 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4189 return r_ptr;
|
|
|
4190 }
|
|
|
4191 #endif
|
|
|
4192
|
|
|
4193 /* Clean up the given search context. Can handle a NULL pointer */
|
|
|
4194 void
|
|
|
4195 vim_findfile_cleanup(ctx)
|
|
|
4196 void *ctx;
|
|
|
4197 {
|
|
359
|
4198 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4199 return;
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 ff_search_ctx = ctx;
|
|
|
4202
|
|
|
4203 vim_findfile_free_visited(ctx);
|
|
|
4204 ff_clear();
|
|
|
4205 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
4206 ff_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 /*
|
|
|
4210 * Find a file in a search context.
|
|
|
4211 * The search context was created with vim_findfile_init() above.
|
|
|
4212 * Return a pointer to an allocated file name or NULL if nothing found.
|
|
|
4213 * To get all matching files call this function until you get NULL.
|
|
|
4214 *
|
|
20
|
4215 * If the passed search_context is NULL, NULL is returned.
|
|
7
|
4216 *
|
|
|
4217 * The search algorithm is depth first. To change this replace the
|
|
|
4218 * stack with a list (don't forget to leave partly searched directories on the
|
|
|
4219 * top of the list).
|
|
|
4220 */
|
|
|
4221 char_u *
|
|
|
4222 vim_findfile(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4223 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4224 {
|
|
|
4225 char_u *file_path;
|
|
|
4226 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4227 char_u *rest_of_wildcards;
|
|
|
4228 char_u *path_end = NULL;
|
|
|
4229 #endif
|
|
|
4230 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4231 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_PATH_EXTRA)
|
|
|
4232 int len;
|
|
|
4233 #endif
|
|
|
4234 int i;
|
|
|
4235 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4236 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4237 char_u *suf;
|
|
|
4238 #endif
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4241 return NULL;
|
|
|
4242
|
|
|
4243 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T*)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4244
|
|
|
4245 /*
|
|
|
4246 * filepath is used as buffer for various actions and as the storage to
|
|
|
4247 * return a found filename.
|
|
|
4248 */
|
|
|
4249 if ((file_path = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
|
|
|
4250 return NULL;
|
|
|
4251
|
|
|
4252 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4253 /* store the end of the start dir -- needed for upward search */
|
|
|
4254 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir != NULL)
|
|
|
4255 path_end = &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir[STRLEN(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)];
|
|
|
4256 #endif
|
|
|
4257
|
|
|
4258 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4259 /* upward search loop */
|
|
|
4260 for (;;)
|
|
|
4261 {
|
|
|
4262 #endif
|
|
|
4263 /* downward search loop */
|
|
|
4264 for (;;)
|
|
|
4265 {
|
|
|
4266 /* check if user user wants to stop the search*/
|
|
|
4267 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
4268 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4269 break;
|
|
|
4270
|
|
|
4271 /* get directory to work on from stack */
|
|
|
4272 ctx = ff_pop();
|
|
|
4273 if (ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4274 break;
|
|
|
4275
|
|
|
4276 /*
|
|
|
4277 * TODO: decide if we leave this test in
|
|
|
4278 *
|
|
|
4279 * GOOD: don't search a directory(-tree) twice.
|
|
|
4280 * BAD: - check linked list for every new directory entered.
|
|
|
4281 * - check for double files also done below
|
|
|
4282 *
|
|
|
4283 * Here we check if we already searched this directory.
|
|
|
4284 * We already searched a directory if:
|
|
|
4285 * 1) The directory is the same.
|
|
|
4286 * 2) We would use the same wildcard string.
|
|
|
4287 *
|
|
|
4288 * Good if you have links on same directory via several ways
|
|
|
4289 * or you have selfreferences in directories (e.g. SuSE Linux 6.3:
|
|
|
4290 * /etc/rc.d/init.d is linked to /etc/rc.d -> endless loop)
|
|
|
4291 *
|
|
|
4292 * This check is only needed for directories we work on for the
|
|
|
4293 * first time (hence ctx->ff_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4294 */
|
|
|
4295 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL
|
|
|
4296 && ff_check_visited(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_list
|
|
|
4297 ->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4298 ctx->ffs_fix_path
|
|
|
4299 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4300 , ctx->ffs_wc_path
|
|
|
4301 #endif
|
|
|
4302 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4303 {
|
|
|
4304 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4305 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4306 {
|
|
293
|
4307 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4308 smsg((char_u *)"Already Searched: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4309 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
4310 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4311 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4312 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4313 }
|
|
|
4314 #endif
|
|
|
4315 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4316 continue;
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4319 else if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4320 {
|
|
293
|
4321 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4322 smsg((char_u *)"Searching: %s (%s)",
|
|
|
4323 ctx->ffs_fix_path, ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
7
|
4324 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4325 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4326 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328 #endif
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 /* check depth */
|
|
|
4331 if (ctx->ffs_level <= 0)
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4334 continue;
|
|
|
4335 }
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 file_path[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4338
|
|
|
4339 /*
|
|
|
4340 * If no filearray till now expand wildcards
|
|
|
4341 * The function expand_wildcards() can handle an array of paths
|
|
|
4342 * and all possible expands are returned in one array. We use this
|
|
|
4343 * to handle the expansion of '**' into an empty string.
|
|
|
4344 */
|
|
|
4345 if (ctx->ffs_filearray == NULL)
|
|
|
4346 {
|
|
|
4347 char_u *dirptrs[2];
|
|
|
4348
|
|
|
4349 /* we use filepath to build the path expand_wildcards() should
|
|
|
4350 * expand.
|
|
|
4351 */
|
|
|
4352 dirptrs[0] = file_path;
|
|
|
4353 dirptrs[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 /* if we have a start dir copy it in */
|
|
|
4356 if (!vim_isAbsName(ctx->ffs_fix_path)
|
|
|
4357 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir)
|
|
|
4358 {
|
|
|
4359 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4360 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4361 }
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
4363 /* append the fix part of the search path */
|
|
|
4364 STRCAT(file_path, ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
4365 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4366
|
|
|
4367 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4368 rest_of_wildcards = ctx->ffs_wc_path;
|
|
|
4369 if (*rest_of_wildcards != NUL)
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4372 if (STRNCMP(rest_of_wildcards, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 /* pointer to the restrict byte
|
|
|
4375 * The restrict byte is not a character!
|
|
|
4376 */
|
|
|
4377 p = rest_of_wildcards + 2;
|
|
|
4378
|
|
|
4379 if (*p > 0)
|
|
|
4380 {
|
|
|
4381 (*p)--;
|
|
|
4382 file_path[len++] = '*';
|
|
|
4383 }
|
|
|
4384
|
|
|
4385 if (*p == 0)
|
|
|
4386 {
|
|
|
4387 /* remove '**<numb> from wildcards */
|
|
|
4388 mch_memmove(rest_of_wildcards,
|
|
|
4389 rest_of_wildcards + 3,
|
|
|
4390 STRLEN(rest_of_wildcards + 3) + 1);
|
|
|
4391 }
|
|
|
4392 else
|
|
|
4393 rest_of_wildcards += 3;
|
|
|
4394
|
|
|
4395 if (ctx->ffs_star_star_empty == 0)
|
|
|
4396 {
|
|
|
4397 /* if not done before, expand '**' to empty */
|
|
|
4398 ctx->ffs_star_star_empty = 1;
|
|
|
4399 dirptrs[1] = ctx->ffs_fix_path;
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 /*
|
|
|
4404 * Here we copy until the next path separator or the end of
|
|
|
4405 * the path. If we stop at a path separator, there is
|
|
|
4406 * still somthing else left. This is handled below by
|
|
|
4407 * pushing every directory returned from expand_wildcards()
|
|
|
4408 * on the stack again for further search.
|
|
|
4409 */
|
|
|
4410 while (*rest_of_wildcards
|
|
|
4411 && !vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4412 file_path[len++] = *rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4413
|
|
|
4414 file_path[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4415 if (vim_ispathsep(*rest_of_wildcards))
|
|
|
4416 rest_of_wildcards++;
|
|
|
4417 }
|
|
|
4418 #endif
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /*
|
|
|
4421 * Expand wildcards like "*" and "$VAR".
|
|
|
4422 * If the path is a URL don't try this.
|
|
|
4423 */
|
|
|
4424 if (path_with_url(dirptrs[0]))
|
|
|
4425 {
|
|
|
4426 ctx->ffs_filearray = (char_u **)
|
|
|
4427 alloc((unsigned)sizeof(char *));
|
|
|
4428 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL
|
|
|
4429 && (ctx->ffs_filearray[0]
|
|
|
4430 = vim_strsave(dirptrs[0])) != NULL)
|
|
|
4431 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 1;
|
|
|
4432 else
|
|
|
4433 ctx->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435 else
|
|
|
4436 expand_wildcards((dirptrs[1] == NULL) ? 1 : 2, dirptrs,
|
|
|
4437 &ctx->ffs_filearray_size,
|
|
|
4438 &ctx->ffs_filearray,
|
|
|
4439 EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT);
|
|
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4442 ctx->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4443 }
|
|
|
4444 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4445 else
|
|
|
4446 rest_of_wildcards = &ctx->ffs_wc_path[STRLEN(ctx->ffs_wc_path)];
|
|
|
4447 #endif
|
|
|
4448
|
|
|
4449 if (ctx->ffs_stage == 0)
|
|
|
4450 {
|
|
|
4451 /* this is the first time we work on this directory */
|
|
|
4452 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4453 if (*rest_of_wildcards == NUL)
|
|
|
4454 #endif
|
|
|
4455 {
|
|
|
4456 /*
|
|
|
4457 * we don't have further wildcards to expand, so we have to
|
|
|
4458 * check for the final file now
|
|
|
4459 */
|
|
|
4460 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4461 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
|
4462 {
|
|
|
4463 if (!path_with_url(ctx->ffs_filearray[i])
|
|
|
4464 && !mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4465 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4466
|
|
|
4467 /* prepare the filename to be checked for existance
|
|
|
4468 * below */
|
|
|
4469 STRCPY(file_path, ctx->ffs_filearray[i]);
|
|
|
4470 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4471 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
4472
|
|
|
4473 /*
|
|
|
4474 * Try without extra suffix and then with suffixes
|
|
|
4475 * from 'suffixesadd'.
|
|
|
4476 */
|
|
|
4477 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4478 len = (int)STRLEN(file_path);
|
|
|
4479 suf = curbuf->b_p_sua;
|
|
|
4480 for (;;)
|
|
|
4481 #endif
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 /* if file exists and we didn't already find it */
|
|
|
4484 if ((path_with_url(file_path)
|
|
|
4485 || (mch_getperm(file_path) >= 0
|
|
|
4486 && (!ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir
|
|
|
4487 || mch_isdir(file_path))))
|
|
|
4488 #ifndef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4489 && (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4490 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4491 file_path
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4493 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4494 #endif
|
|
|
4495 ) == OK)
|
|
|
4496 #endif
|
|
|
4497 )
|
|
|
4498 {
|
|
|
4499 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4500 if (ff_check_visited(
|
|
|
4501 &ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_list->ffvl_visited_list,
|
|
|
4502 file_path
|
|
|
4503 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4504 , (char_u *)""
|
|
|
4505 #endif
|
|
|
4506 ) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4507 {
|
|
|
4508 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4509 {
|
|
293
|
4510 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4511 smsg((char_u *)"Already: %s",
|
|
7
|
4512 file_path);
|
|
|
4513 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4514 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4515 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4516 }
|
|
|
4517 continue;
|
|
|
4518 }
|
|
|
4519 #endif
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 /* push dir to examine rest of subdirs later */
|
|
|
4522 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = i + 1;
|
|
|
4523 ff_push(ctx);
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 simplify_filename(file_path);
|
|
|
4526 if (mch_dirname(ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4527 == OK)
|
|
|
4528 {
|
|
|
4529 p = shorten_fname(file_path,
|
|
|
4530 ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4531 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4532 mch_memmove(file_path, p,
|
|
|
4533 STRLEN(p) + 1);
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4536 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4537 {
|
|
293
|
4538 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4539 smsg((char_u *)"HIT: %s", file_path);
|
|
7
|
4540 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4541 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4542 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544 #endif
|
|
|
4545 return file_path;
|
|
|
4546 }
|
|
|
4547
|
|
|
4548 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
4549 /* Not found or found already, try next suffix. */
|
|
|
4550 if (*suf == NUL)
|
|
|
4551 break;
|
|
|
4552 copy_option_part(&suf, file_path + len,
|
|
|
4553 MAXPATHL - len, ",");
|
|
|
4554 #endif
|
|
|
4555 }
|
|
|
4556 }
|
|
|
4557 }
|
|
|
4558 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4559 else
|
|
|
4560 {
|
|
|
4561 /*
|
|
|
4562 * still wildcards left, push the directories for further
|
|
|
4563 * search
|
|
|
4564 */
|
|
359
|
4565 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4566 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4567 {
|
|
|
4568 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4569 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4570
|
|
|
4571 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4572 rest_of_wildcards, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 0));
|
|
|
4573 }
|
|
|
4574 }
|
|
|
4575 #endif
|
|
|
4576 ctx->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4577 ctx->ffs_stage = 1;
|
|
|
4578 }
|
|
|
4579
|
|
|
4580 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4581 /*
|
|
|
4582 * if wildcards contains '**' we have to descent till we reach the
|
|
|
4583 * leaves of the directory tree.
|
|
|
4584 */
|
|
|
4585 if (STRNCMP(ctx->ffs_wc_path, "**", 2) == 0)
|
|
|
4586 {
|
|
359
|
4587 for (i = ctx->ffs_filearray_cur;
|
|
|
4588 i < ctx->ffs_filearray_size; ++i)
|
|
7
|
4589 {
|
|
|
4590 if (fnamecmp(ctx->ffs_filearray[i], ctx->ffs_fix_path) == 0)
|
|
|
4591 continue; /* don't repush same directory */
|
|
|
4592 if (!mch_isdir(ctx->ffs_filearray[i]))
|
|
|
4593 continue; /* not a directory */
|
|
|
4594 ff_push(ff_create_stack_element(ctx->ffs_filearray[i],
|
|
|
4595 ctx->ffs_wc_path, ctx->ffs_level - 1, 1));
|
|
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597 }
|
|
|
4598 #endif
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 /* we are done with the current directory */
|
|
|
4601 ff_free_stack_element(ctx);
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 }
|
|
|
4604
|
|
|
4605 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4606 /* If we reached this, we didn't find anything downwards.
|
|
|
4607 * Let's check if we should do an upward search.
|
|
|
4608 */
|
|
|
4609 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
|
4610 && ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL && !got_int)
|
|
|
4611 {
|
|
|
4612 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
4613
|
|
|
4614 /* is the last starting directory in the stop list? */
|
|
|
4615 if (ff_path_in_stoplist(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir,
|
|
|
4616 (int)(path_end - ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir),
|
|
|
4617 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4618 break;
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 /* cut of last dir */
|
|
|
4621 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4622 && vim_ispathsep(*path_end))
|
|
7
|
4623 path_end--;
|
|
|
4624 while (path_end > ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir
|
|
461
|
4625 && !vim_ispathsep(path_end[-1]))
|
|
7
|
4626 path_end--;
|
|
|
4627 *path_end = 0;
|
|
|
4628 path_end--;
|
|
|
4629
|
|
|
4630 if (*ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir == 0)
|
|
|
4631 break;
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 STRCPY(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
4634 add_pathsep(file_path);
|
|
|
4635 STRCAT(file_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
4636
|
|
|
4637 /* create a new stack entry */
|
|
|
4638 sptr = ff_create_stack_element(file_path,
|
|
|
4639 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path, ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level, 0);
|
|
|
4640 if (sptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4641 break;
|
|
|
4642 ff_push(sptr);
|
|
|
4643 }
|
|
|
4644 else
|
|
|
4645 break;
|
|
|
4646 }
|
|
|
4647 #endif
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 vim_free(file_path);
|
|
|
4650 return NULL;
|
|
|
4651 }
|
|
|
4652
|
|
|
4653 /*
|
|
|
4654 * Free the list of lists of visited files and directories
|
|
|
4655 * Can handle it if the passed search_context is NULL;
|
|
|
4656 */
|
|
|
4657 void
|
|
|
4658 vim_findfile_free_visited(search_ctx)
|
|
|
4659 void *search_ctx;
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 if (search_ctx == NULL)
|
|
|
4662 return;
|
|
|
4663
|
|
|
4664 ff_search_ctx = (ff_search_ctx_T *)search_ctx;
|
|
|
4665
|
|
|
4666 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4667 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(&ff_search_ctx->ffsc_dir_visited_lists_list);
|
|
|
4668 }
|
|
|
4669
|
|
|
4670 static void
|
|
|
4671 vim_findfile_free_visited_list(list_headp)
|
|
|
4672 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4673 {
|
|
|
4674 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *vp;
|
|
|
4675
|
|
|
4676 while (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4677 {
|
|
|
4678 vp = (*list_headp)->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4679 ff_free_visited_list((*list_headp)->ffvl_visited_list);
|
|
|
4680
|
|
|
4681 vim_free((*list_headp)->ffvl_filename);
|
|
|
4682 vim_free(*list_headp);
|
|
|
4683 *list_headp = vp;
|
|
|
4684 }
|
|
|
4685 *list_headp = NULL;
|
|
|
4686 }
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 static void
|
|
|
4689 ff_free_visited_list(vl)
|
|
|
4690 ff_visited_T *vl;
|
|
|
4691 {
|
|
|
4692 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4693
|
|
|
4694 while (vl != NULL)
|
|
|
4695 {
|
|
|
4696 vp = vl->ffv_next;
|
|
|
4697 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4698 vim_free(vl->ffv_wc_path);
|
|
|
4699 #endif
|
|
|
4700 vim_free(vl);
|
|
|
4701 vl = vp;
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 vl = NULL;
|
|
|
4704 }
|
|
|
4705
|
|
|
4706 /*
|
|
|
4707 * Returns the already visited list for the given filename. If none is found it
|
|
|
4708 * allocates a new one.
|
|
|
4709 */
|
|
|
4710 static ff_visited_list_hdr_T*
|
|
|
4711 ff_get_visited_list(filename, list_headp)
|
|
|
4712 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4713 ff_visited_list_hdr_T **list_headp;
|
|
|
4714 {
|
|
|
4715 ff_visited_list_hdr_T *retptr = NULL;
|
|
|
4716
|
|
|
4717 /* check if a visited list for the given filename exists */
|
|
|
4718 if (*list_headp != NULL)
|
|
|
4719 {
|
|
|
4720 retptr = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4721 while (retptr != NULL)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
|
4723 if (fnamecmp(filename, retptr->ffvl_filename) == 0)
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
|
4725 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4726 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
293
|
4728 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4729 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: FOUND list for %s",
|
|
7
|
4730 filename);
|
|
|
4731 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4732 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4733 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735 #endif
|
|
|
4736 return retptr;
|
|
|
4737 }
|
|
|
4738 retptr = retptr->ffvl_next;
|
|
|
4739 }
|
|
|
4740 }
|
|
|
4741
|
|
|
4742 #ifdef FF_VERBOSE
|
|
|
4743 if (p_verbose >= 5)
|
|
|
4744 {
|
|
293
|
4745 verbose_enter_scroll();
|
|
273
|
4746 smsg((char_u *)"ff_get_visited_list: new list for %s", filename);
|
|
7
|
4747 /* don't overwrite this either */
|
|
|
4748 msg_puts((char_u *)"\n");
|
|
293
|
4749 verbose_leave_scroll();
|
|
7
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751 #endif
|
|
|
4752
|
|
|
4753 /*
|
|
|
4754 * if we reach this we didn't find a list and we have to allocate new list
|
|
|
4755 */
|
|
|
4756 retptr = (ff_visited_list_hdr_T*)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(*retptr));
|
|
|
4757 if (retptr == NULL)
|
|
|
4758 return NULL;
|
|
|
4759
|
|
|
4760 retptr->ffvl_visited_list = NULL;
|
|
|
4761 retptr->ffvl_filename = vim_strsave(filename);
|
|
|
4762 if (retptr->ffvl_filename == NULL)
|
|
|
4763 {
|
|
|
4764 vim_free(retptr);
|
|
|
4765 return NULL;
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767 retptr->ffvl_next = *list_headp;
|
|
|
4768 *list_headp = retptr;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 return retptr;
|
|
|
4771 }
|
|
|
4772
|
|
|
4773 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4774 /*
|
|
|
4775 * check if two wildcard paths are equal. Returns TRUE or FALSE.
|
|
|
4776 * They are equal if:
|
|
|
4777 * - both paths are NULL
|
|
|
4778 * - they have the same length
|
|
|
4779 * - char by char comparison is OK
|
|
|
4780 * - the only differences are in the counters behind a '**', so
|
|
|
4781 * '**\20' is equal to '**\24'
|
|
|
4782 */
|
|
|
4783 static int
|
|
|
4784 ff_wc_equal(s1, s2)
|
|
|
4785 char_u *s1;
|
|
|
4786 char_u *s2;
|
|
|
4787 {
|
|
|
4788 int i;
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 if (s1 == s2)
|
|
|
4791 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4792
|
|
|
4793 if (s1 == NULL || s2 == NULL)
|
|
|
4794 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4795
|
|
|
4796 if (STRLEN(s1) != STRLEN(s2))
|
|
|
4797 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 for (i = 0; s1[i] != NUL && s2[i] != NUL; i++)
|
|
|
4800 {
|
|
|
4801 if (s1[i] != s2[i]
|
|
|
4802 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4803 && TOUPPER_LOC(s1[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(s2[i])
|
|
|
4804 #endif
|
|
|
4805 )
|
|
|
4806 {
|
|
|
4807 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
4808 if (s1[i-1] == '*' && s1[i-2] == '*')
|
|
|
4809 continue;
|
|
|
4810 else
|
|
|
4811 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4812 else
|
|
|
4813 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4814 }
|
|
|
4815 }
|
|
|
4816 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4817 }
|
|
|
4818 #endif
|
|
|
4819
|
|
|
4820 /*
|
|
|
4821 * maintains the list of already visited files and dirs
|
|
|
4822 * returns FAIL if the given file/dir is already in the list
|
|
|
4823 * returns OK if it is newly added
|
|
|
4824 *
|
|
|
4825 * TODO: What to do on memory allocation problems?
|
|
|
4826 * -> return TRUE - Better the file is found several times instead of
|
|
|
4827 * never.
|
|
|
4828 */
|
|
|
4829 static int
|
|
|
4830 ff_check_visited(visited_list, fname
|
|
|
4831 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4832 , wc_path
|
|
|
4833 #endif
|
|
|
4834 )
|
|
|
4835 ff_visited_T **visited_list;
|
|
|
4836 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
4837 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4838 char_u *wc_path;
|
|
|
4839 #endif
|
|
|
4840 {
|
|
|
4841 ff_visited_T *vp;
|
|
|
4842 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4843 struct stat st;
|
|
|
4844 int url = FALSE;
|
|
|
4845 #endif
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 /* For an URL we only compare the name, otherwise we compare the
|
|
|
4848 * device/inode (unix) or the full path name (not Unix). */
|
|
|
4849 if (path_with_url(fname))
|
|
|
4850 {
|
|
418
|
4851 vim_strncpy(ff_expand_buffer, fname, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
7
|
4852 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4853 url = TRUE;
|
|
|
4854 #endif
|
|
|
4855 }
|
|
|
4856 else
|
|
|
4857 {
|
|
|
4858 ff_expand_buffer[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4859 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4860 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st) < 0)
|
|
|
4861 #else
|
|
|
4862 if (vim_FullName(fname, ff_expand_buffer, MAXPATHL, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
4863 #endif
|
|
|
4864 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4865 }
|
|
|
4866
|
|
|
4867 /* check against list of already visited files */
|
|
|
4868 for (vp = *visited_list; vp != NULL; vp = vp->ffv_next)
|
|
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 if (
|
|
|
4871 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4872 !url
|
|
|
4873 ? (vp->ffv_dev == st.st_dev
|
|
|
4874 && vp->ffv_ino == st.st_ino)
|
|
|
4875 :
|
|
|
4876 #endif
|
|
|
4877 fnamecmp(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer) == 0
|
|
|
4878 )
|
|
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4881 /* are the wildcard parts equal */
|
|
|
4882 if (ff_wc_equal(vp->ffv_wc_path, wc_path) == TRUE)
|
|
|
4883 #endif
|
|
|
4884 /* already visited */
|
|
|
4885 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4886 }
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888
|
|
|
4889 /*
|
|
|
4890 * New file/dir. Add it to the list of visited files/dirs.
|
|
|
4891 */
|
|
|
4892 vp = (ff_visited_T *)alloc((unsigned)(sizeof(ff_visited_T)
|
|
|
4893 + STRLEN(ff_expand_buffer)));
|
|
|
4894
|
|
|
4895 if (vp != NULL)
|
|
|
4896 {
|
|
|
4897 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4898 if (!url)
|
|
|
4899 {
|
|
|
4900 vp->ffv_ino = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
4901 vp->ffv_dev = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
4902 vp->ffv_fname[0] = NUL;
|
|
|
4903 }
|
|
|
4904 else
|
|
|
4905 {
|
|
|
4906 vp->ffv_ino = 0;
|
|
|
4907 vp->ffv_dev = -1;
|
|
|
4908 #endif
|
|
|
4909 STRCPY(vp->ffv_fname, ff_expand_buffer);
|
|
|
4910 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912 #endif
|
|
|
4913 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4914 if (wc_path != NULL)
|
|
|
4915 vp->ffv_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_path);
|
|
|
4916 else
|
|
|
4917 vp->ffv_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
4918 #endif
|
|
|
4919
|
|
|
4920 vp->ffv_next = *visited_list;
|
|
|
4921 *visited_list = vp;
|
|
|
4922 }
|
|
|
4923
|
|
|
4924 return OK;
|
|
|
4925 }
|
|
|
4926
|
|
|
4927 /*
|
|
|
4928 * create stack element from given path pieces
|
|
|
4929 */
|
|
|
4930 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
4931 ff_create_stack_element(fix_part,
|
|
|
4932 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4933 wc_part,
|
|
|
4934 #endif
|
|
|
4935 level, star_star_empty)
|
|
|
4936 char_u *fix_part;
|
|
|
4937 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4938 char_u *wc_part;
|
|
|
4939 #endif
|
|
|
4940 int level;
|
|
|
4941 int star_star_empty;
|
|
|
4942 {
|
|
|
4943 ff_stack_T *new;
|
|
|
4944
|
|
|
4945 new = (ff_stack_T *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(ff_stack_T));
|
|
|
4946 if (new == NULL)
|
|
|
4947 return NULL;
|
|
|
4948
|
|
|
4949 new->ffs_prev = NULL;
|
|
|
4950 new->ffs_filearray = NULL;
|
|
|
4951 new->ffs_filearray_size = 0;
|
|
|
4952 new->ffs_filearray_cur = 0;
|
|
|
4953 new->ffs_stage = 0;
|
|
|
4954 new->ffs_level = level;
|
|
|
4955 new->ffs_star_star_empty = star_star_empty;;
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 /* the following saves NULL pointer checks in vim_findfile */
|
|
|
4958 if (fix_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4959 fix_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4960 new->ffs_fix_path = vim_strsave(fix_part);
|
|
|
4961
|
|
|
4962 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4963 if (wc_part == NULL)
|
|
|
4964 wc_part = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4965 new->ffs_wc_path = vim_strsave(wc_part);
|
|
|
4966 #endif
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 if (new->ffs_fix_path == NULL
|
|
|
4969 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
4970 || new->ffs_wc_path == NULL
|
|
|
4971 #endif
|
|
|
4972 )
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
|
4974 ff_free_stack_element(new);
|
|
|
4975 new = NULL;
|
|
|
4976 }
|
|
|
4977
|
|
|
4978 return new;
|
|
|
4979 }
|
|
|
4980
|
|
|
4981 /*
|
|
|
4982 * push a dir on the directory stack
|
|
|
4983 */
|
|
|
4984 static void
|
|
|
4985 ff_push(ctx)
|
|
|
4986 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
4987 {
|
|
|
4988 /* check for NULL pointer, not to return an error to the user, but
|
|
359
|
4989 * to prevent a crash */
|
|
7
|
4990 if (ctx != NULL)
|
|
|
4991 {
|
|
|
4992 ctx->ffs_prev = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
4993 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ctx;
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
|
4995 }
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 /*
|
|
|
4998 * pop a dir from the directory stack
|
|
|
4999 * returns NULL if stack is empty
|
|
|
5000 */
|
|
|
5001 static ff_stack_T *
|
|
|
5002 ff_pop()
|
|
|
5003 {
|
|
|
5004 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5005
|
|
|
5006 sptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr;
|
|
|
5007 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
5008 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr = ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stack_ptr->ffs_prev;
|
|
|
5009
|
|
|
5010 return sptr;
|
|
|
5011 }
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 /*
|
|
|
5014 * free the given stack element
|
|
|
5015 */
|
|
|
5016 static void
|
|
|
5017 ff_free_stack_element(ctx)
|
|
|
5018 ff_stack_T *ctx;
|
|
|
5019 {
|
|
|
5020 /* vim_free handles possible NULL pointers */
|
|
|
5021 vim_free(ctx->ffs_fix_path);
|
|
|
5022 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5023 vim_free(ctx->ffs_wc_path);
|
|
|
5024 #endif
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 if (ctx->ffs_filearray != NULL)
|
|
|
5027 FreeWild(ctx->ffs_filearray_size, ctx->ffs_filearray);
|
|
|
5028
|
|
|
5029 vim_free(ctx);
|
|
|
5030 }
|
|
|
5031
|
|
|
5032 /*
|
|
|
5033 * clear the search context
|
|
|
5034 */
|
|
|
5035 static void
|
|
|
5036 ff_clear()
|
|
|
5037 {
|
|
|
5038 ff_stack_T *sptr;
|
|
|
5039
|
|
|
5040 /* clear up stack */
|
|
|
5041 while ((sptr = ff_pop()) != NULL)
|
|
|
5042 ff_free_stack_element(sptr);
|
|
|
5043
|
|
|
5044 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search);
|
|
|
5045 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir);
|
|
|
5046 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path);
|
|
|
5047 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5048 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path);
|
|
|
5049 #endif
|
|
|
5050
|
|
|
5051 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5052 if (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v != NULL)
|
|
|
5053 {
|
|
|
5054 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 while (ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i] != NULL)
|
|
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v[i]);
|
|
|
5059 i++;
|
|
|
5060 }
|
|
|
5061 vim_free(ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v);
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_stopdirs_v = NULL;
|
|
|
5064 #endif
|
|
|
5065
|
|
|
5066 /* reset everything */
|
|
|
5067 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_file_to_search = NULL;
|
|
|
5068 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_start_dir = NULL;
|
|
|
5069 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_fix_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5070 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5071 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_wc_path = NULL;
|
|
|
5072 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_level = 0;
|
|
|
5073 #endif
|
|
|
5074 }
|
|
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5077 /*
|
|
|
5078 * check if the given path is in the stopdirs
|
|
|
5079 * returns TRUE if yes else FALSE
|
|
|
5080 */
|
|
|
5081 static int
|
|
|
5082 ff_path_in_stoplist(path, path_len, stopdirs_v)
|
|
|
5083 char_u *path;
|
|
|
5084 int path_len;
|
|
|
5085 char_u **stopdirs_v;
|
|
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 int i = 0;
|
|
|
5088
|
|
|
5089 /* eat up trailing path separators, except the first */
|
|
461
|
5090 while (path_len > 1 && vim_ispathsep(path[path_len - 1]))
|
|
7
|
5091 path_len--;
|
|
|
5092
|
|
|
5093 /* if no path consider it as match */
|
|
|
5094 if (path_len == 0)
|
|
|
5095 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5096
|
|
|
5097 for (i = 0; stopdirs_v[i] != NULL; i++)
|
|
|
5098 {
|
|
|
5099 if ((int)STRLEN(stopdirs_v[i]) > path_len)
|
|
|
5100 {
|
|
|
5101 /* match for parent directory. So '/home' also matches
|
|
|
5102 * '/home/rks'. Check for PATHSEP in stopdirs_v[i], else
|
|
|
5103 * '/home/r' would also match '/home/rks'
|
|
|
5104 */
|
|
|
5105 if (fnamencmp(stopdirs_v[i], path, path_len) == 0
|
|
461
|
5106 && vim_ispathsep(stopdirs_v[i][path_len]))
|
|
7
|
5107 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5108 }
|
|
|
5109 else
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 if (fnamecmp(stopdirs_v[i], path) == 0)
|
|
|
5112 return TRUE;
|
|
|
5113 }
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117 #endif
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5120 /*
|
|
|
5121 * Find the file name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5122 *
|
|
|
5123 * On the first call set the parameter 'first' to TRUE to initialize
|
|
|
5124 * the search. For repeating calls to FALSE.
|
|
|
5125 *
|
|
|
5126 * Repeating calls will return other files called 'ptr[len]' from the path.
|
|
|
5127 *
|
|
|
5128 * Only on the first call 'ptr' and 'len' are used. For repeating calls they
|
|
|
5129 * don't need valid values.
|
|
|
5130 *
|
|
|
5131 * If nothing found on the first call the option FNAME_MESS will issue the
|
|
|
5132 * message:
|
|
|
5133 * 'Can't find file "<file>" in path'
|
|
|
5134 * On repeating calls:
|
|
|
5135 * 'No more file "<file>" found in path'
|
|
|
5136 *
|
|
|
5137 * options:
|
|
|
5138 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5139 *
|
|
|
5140 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5141 *
|
|
|
5142 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5143 *
|
|
|
5144 */
|
|
|
5145 char_u *
|
|
|
5146 find_file_in_path(ptr, len, options, first, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5147 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5148 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5149 int options;
|
|
|
5150 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5151 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5152 {
|
|
|
5153 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first,
|
|
|
5154 *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path,
|
|
794
|
5155 FALSE, rel_fname, curbuf->b_p_sua);
|
|
7
|
5156 }
|
|
|
5157
|
|
359
|
5158 static char_u *ff_file_to_find = NULL;
|
|
|
5159 static void *fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
|
5160
|
|
|
5161 #if defined(EXITFREE)
|
|
|
5162 static void
|
|
|
5163 free_findfile()
|
|
|
5164 {
|
|
|
5165 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5166 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5167 }
|
|
|
5168 #endif
|
|
|
5169
|
|
7
|
5170 /*
|
|
|
5171 * Find the directory name "ptr[len]" in the path.
|
|
|
5172 *
|
|
|
5173 * options:
|
|
|
5174 * FNAME_MESS give error message when not found
|
|
|
5175 *
|
|
|
5176 * Uses NameBuff[]!
|
|
|
5177 *
|
|
|
5178 * Returns an allocated string for the file name. NULL for error.
|
|
|
5179 */
|
|
|
5180 char_u *
|
|
|
5181 find_directory_in_path(ptr, len, options, rel_fname)
|
|
|
5182 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5183 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5184 int options;
|
|
|
5185 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name searching relative to */
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 return find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, TRUE, p_cdpath,
|
|
794
|
5188 TRUE, rel_fname, (char_u *)"");
|
|
7
|
5189 }
|
|
|
5190
|
|
19
|
5191 char_u *
|
|
794
|
5192 find_file_in_path_option(ptr, len, options, first, path_option, need_dir, rel_fname, suffixes)
|
|
7
|
5193 char_u *ptr; /* file name */
|
|
|
5194 int len; /* length of file name */
|
|
|
5195 int options;
|
|
|
5196 int first; /* use count'th matching file name */
|
|
|
5197 char_u *path_option; /* p_path or p_cdpath */
|
|
|
5198 int need_dir; /* looking for directory name */
|
|
|
5199 char_u *rel_fname; /* file name we are looking relative to. */
|
|
794
|
5200 char_u *suffixes; /* list of suffixes, 'suffixesadd' option */
|
|
7
|
5201 {
|
|
|
5202 static char_u *dir;
|
|
|
5203 static int did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5204 char_u save_char;
|
|
|
5205 char_u *file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5206 char_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
|
5207 int rel_to_curdir;
|
|
|
5208 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5209 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
5210 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
5211
|
|
|
5212 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
5213 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
5214 #endif
|
|
|
5215
|
|
|
5216 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5217 {
|
|
|
5218 /* copy file name into NameBuff, expanding environment variables */
|
|
|
5219 save_char = ptr[len];
|
|
|
5220 ptr[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
5221 expand_env(ptr, NameBuff, MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
5222 ptr[len] = save_char;
|
|
|
5223
|
|
359
|
5224 vim_free(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
|
5225 ff_file_to_find = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5226 if (ff_file_to_find == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
7
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
5229 goto theend;
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232
|
|
359
|
5233 rel_to_curdir = (ff_file_to_find[0] == '.'
|
|
|
5234 && (ff_file_to_find[1] == NUL
|
|
|
5235 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[1])
|
|
|
5236 || (ff_file_to_find[1] == '.'
|
|
|
5237 && (ff_file_to_find[2] == NUL
|
|
|
5238 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[2])))));
|
|
|
5239 if (vim_isAbsName(ff_file_to_find)
|
|
7
|
5240 /* "..", "../path", "." and "./path": don't use the path_option */
|
|
|
5241 || rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5242 #if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(OS2)
|
|
|
5243 /* handle "\tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5244 || vim_ispathsep(ff_file_to_find[0])
|
|
7
|
5245 /* handle "c:name" as absulute path */
|
|
359
|
5246 || (ff_file_to_find[0] != NUL && ff_file_to_find[1] == ':')
|
|
7
|
5247 #endif
|
|
|
5248 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5249 /* handle ":tmp" as absolute path */
|
|
359
|
5250 || ff_file_to_find[0] == ':'
|
|
7
|
5251 #endif
|
|
|
5252 )
|
|
|
5253 {
|
|
|
5254 /*
|
|
|
5255 * Absolute path, no need to use "path_option".
|
|
|
5256 * If this is not a first call, return NULL. We already returned a
|
|
|
5257 * filename on the first call.
|
|
|
5258 */
|
|
|
5259 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5260 {
|
|
|
5261 int l;
|
|
|
5262 int run;
|
|
|
5263
|
|
359
|
5264 if (path_with_url(ff_file_to_find))
|
|
7
|
5265 {
|
|
359
|
5266 file_name = vim_strsave(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5267 goto theend;
|
|
|
5268 }
|
|
|
5269
|
|
|
5270 /* When FNAME_REL flag given first use the directory of the file.
|
|
|
5271 * Otherwise or when this fails use the current directory. */
|
|
|
5272 for (run = 1; run <= 2; ++run)
|
|
|
5273 {
|
|
359
|
5274 l = (int)STRLEN(ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5275 if (run == 1
|
|
|
5276 && rel_to_curdir
|
|
|
5277 && (options & FNAME_REL)
|
|
|
5278 && rel_fname != NULL
|
|
|
5279 && STRLEN(rel_fname) + l < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
5280 {
|
|
|
5281 STRCPY(NameBuff, rel_fname);
|
|
359
|
5282 STRCPY(gettail(NameBuff), ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5283 l = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
|
5285 else
|
|
|
5286 {
|
|
359
|
5287 STRCPY(NameBuff, ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5288 run = 2;
|
|
|
5289 }
|
|
|
5290
|
|
|
5291 /* When the file doesn't exist, try adding parts of
|
|
|
5292 * 'suffixesadd'. */
|
|
794
|
5293 buf = suffixes;
|
|
7
|
5294 for (;;)
|
|
|
5295 {
|
|
|
5296 if (
|
|
|
5297 #ifdef DJGPP
|
|
|
5298 /* "C:" by itself will fail for mch_getperm(),
|
|
|
5299 * assume it's always valid. */
|
|
|
5300 (need_dir && NameBuff[0] != NUL
|
|
|
5301 && NameBuff[1] == ':'
|
|
|
5302 && NameBuff[2] == NUL) ||
|
|
|
5303 #endif
|
|
|
5304 (mch_getperm(NameBuff) >= 0
|
|
|
5305 && (!need_dir || mch_isdir(NameBuff))))
|
|
|
5306 {
|
|
|
5307 file_name = vim_strsave(NameBuff);
|
|
|
5308 goto theend;
|
|
|
5309 }
|
|
|
5310 if (*buf == NUL)
|
|
|
5311 break;
|
|
|
5312 copy_option_part(&buf, NameBuff + l, MAXPATHL - l, ",");
|
|
|
5313 }
|
|
|
5314 }
|
|
|
5315 }
|
|
|
5316 }
|
|
|
5317 else
|
|
|
5318 {
|
|
|
5319 /*
|
|
|
5320 * Loop over all paths in the 'path' or 'cdpath' option.
|
|
|
5321 * When "first" is set, first setup to the start of the option.
|
|
|
5322 * Otherwise continue to find the next match.
|
|
|
5323 */
|
|
|
5324 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5325 {
|
|
|
5326 /* vim_findfile_free_visited can handle a possible NULL pointer */
|
|
359
|
5327 vim_findfile_free_visited(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5328 dir = path_option;
|
|
|
5329 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5330 }
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 for (;;)
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 if (did_findfile_init)
|
|
|
5335 {
|
|
|
5336 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = need_dir;
|
|
359
|
5337 file_name = vim_findfile(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
7
|
5338 ff_search_ctx->ffsc_need_dir = FALSE;
|
|
|
5339 if (file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
5340 break;
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 did_findfile_init = FALSE;
|
|
|
5343 }
|
|
|
5344 else
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 char_u *r_ptr;
|
|
|
5347
|
|
|
5348 if (dir == NULL || *dir == NUL)
|
|
|
5349 {
|
|
|
5350 /* We searched all paths of the option, now we can
|
|
|
5351 * free the search context. */
|
|
359
|
5352 vim_findfile_cleanup(fdip_search_ctx);
|
|
|
5353 fdip_search_ctx = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5354 break;
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 if ((buf = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
|
|
|
5358 break;
|
|
|
5359
|
|
|
5360 /* copy next path */
|
|
|
5361 buf[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5362 copy_option_part(&dir, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
|
|
|
5363
|
|
|
5364 #ifdef FEAT_PATH_EXTRA
|
|
|
5365 /* get the stopdir string */
|
|
|
5366 r_ptr = vim_findfile_stopdir(buf);
|
|
|
5367 #else
|
|
|
5368 r_ptr = NULL;
|
|
|
5369 #endif
|
|
359
|
5370 fdip_search_ctx = vim_findfile_init(buf, ff_file_to_find,
|
|
|
5371 r_ptr, 100, FALSE, TRUE,
|
|
|
5372 fdip_search_ctx, FALSE, rel_fname);
|
|
|
5373 if (fdip_search_ctx != NULL)
|
|
7
|
5374 did_findfile_init = TRUE;
|
|
|
5375 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379 if (file_name == NULL && (options & FNAME_MESS))
|
|
|
5380 {
|
|
|
5381 if (first == TRUE)
|
|
|
5382 {
|
|
|
5383 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5384 EMSG2(_("E344: Can't find directory \"%s\" in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5385 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5386 else
|
|
|
5387 EMSG2(_("E345: Can't find file \"%s\" in path"),
|
|
359
|
5388 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5389 }
|
|
|
5390 else
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 if (need_dir)
|
|
|
5393 EMSG2(_("E346: No more directory \"%s\" found in cdpath"),
|
|
359
|
5394 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5395 else
|
|
|
5396 EMSG2(_("E347: No more file \"%s\" found in path"),
|
|
359
|
5397 ff_file_to_find);
|
|
7
|
5398 }
|
|
|
5399 }
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 theend:
|
|
|
5402 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
5403 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
5404 #endif
|
|
|
5405 return file_name;
|
|
|
5406 }
|
|
|
5407
|
|
|
5408 #endif /* FEAT_SEARCHPATH */
|
|
|
5409
|
|
|
5410 /*
|
|
|
5411 * Change directory to "new_dir". If FEAT_SEARCHPATH is defined, search
|
|
|
5412 * 'cdpath' for relative directory names, otherwise just mch_chdir().
|
|
|
5413 */
|
|
|
5414 int
|
|
|
5415 vim_chdir(new_dir)
|
|
|
5416 char_u *new_dir;
|
|
|
5417 {
|
|
|
5418 #ifndef FEAT_SEARCHPATH
|
|
|
5419 return mch_chdir((char *)new_dir);
|
|
|
5420 #else
|
|
|
5421 char_u *dir_name;
|
|
|
5422 int r;
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424 dir_name = find_directory_in_path(new_dir, (int)STRLEN(new_dir),
|
|
|
5425 FNAME_MESS, curbuf->b_ffname);
|
|
|
5426 if (dir_name == NULL)
|
|
|
5427 return -1;
|
|
|
5428 r = mch_chdir((char *)dir_name);
|
|
|
5429 vim_free(dir_name);
|
|
|
5430 return r;
|
|
|
5431 #endif
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /*
|
|
418
|
5435 * Get user name from machine-specific function.
|
|
7
|
5436 * Returns the user name in "buf[len]".
|
|
418
|
5437 * Some systems are quite slow in obtaining the user name (Windows NT), thus
|
|
|
5438 * cache the result.
|
|
7
|
5439 * Returns OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
5440 */
|
|
|
5441 int
|
|
|
5442 get_user_name(buf, len)
|
|
|
5443 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5444 int len;
|
|
|
5445 {
|
|
359
|
5446 if (username == NULL)
|
|
7
|
5447 {
|
|
|
5448 if (mch_get_user_name(buf, len) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5449 return FAIL;
|
|
359
|
5450 username = vim_strsave(buf);
|
|
7
|
5451 }
|
|
|
5452 else
|
|
418
|
5453 vim_strncpy(buf, username, len - 1);
|
|
7
|
5454 return OK;
|
|
|
5455 }
|
|
|
5456
|
|
|
5457 #ifndef HAVE_QSORT
|
|
|
5458 /*
|
|
|
5459 * Our own qsort(), for systems that don't have it.
|
|
|
5460 * It's simple and slow. From the K&R C book.
|
|
|
5461 */
|
|
|
5462 void
|
|
|
5463 qsort(base, elm_count, elm_size, cmp)
|
|
|
5464 void *base;
|
|
|
5465 size_t elm_count;
|
|
|
5466 size_t elm_size;
|
|
|
5467 int (*cmp) __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
5470 char_u *p1;
|
|
|
5471 char_u *p2;
|
|
|
5472 int i, j;
|
|
|
5473 int gap;
|
|
|
5474
|
|
|
5475 buf = alloc((unsigned)elm_size);
|
|
|
5476 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
5477 return;
|
|
|
5478
|
|
|
5479 for (gap = elm_count / 2; gap > 0; gap /= 2)
|
|
|
5480 for (i = gap; i < elm_count; ++i)
|
|
|
5481 for (j = i - gap; j >= 0; j -= gap)
|
|
|
5482 {
|
|
|
5483 /* Compare the elements. */
|
|
|
5484 p1 = (char_u *)base + j * elm_size;
|
|
|
5485 p2 = (char_u *)base + (j + gap) * elm_size;
|
|
|
5486 if ((*cmp)((void *)p1, (void *)p2) <= 0)
|
|
|
5487 break;
|
|
|
5488 /* Exchange the elemets. */
|
|
|
5489 mch_memmove(buf, p1, elm_size);
|
|
|
5490 mch_memmove(p1, p2, elm_size);
|
|
|
5491 mch_memmove(p2, buf, elm_size);
|
|
|
5492 }
|
|
|
5493
|
|
|
5494 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
5495 }
|
|
|
5496 #endif
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 /*
|
|
|
5499 * Sort an array of strings.
|
|
|
5500 */
|
|
|
5501 static int
|
|
|
5502 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5503 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5504 #endif
|
|
|
5505 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2));
|
|
|
5506
|
|
|
5507 static int
|
|
|
5508 #ifdef __BORLANDC__
|
|
|
5509 _RTLENTRYF
|
|
|
5510 #endif
|
|
|
5511 sort_compare(s1, s2)
|
|
|
5512 const void *s1;
|
|
|
5513 const void *s2;
|
|
|
5514 {
|
|
|
5515 return STRCMP(*(char **)s1, *(char **)s2);
|
|
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 void
|
|
|
5519 sort_strings(files, count)
|
|
|
5520 char_u **files;
|
|
|
5521 int count;
|
|
|
5522 {
|
|
|
5523 qsort((void *)files, (size_t)count, sizeof(char_u *), sort_compare);
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525
|
|
|
5526 #if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5527 /*
|
|
|
5528 * Compare path "p[]" to "q[]".
|
|
39
|
5529 * If "maxlen" >= 0 compare "p[maxlen]" to "q[maxlen]"
|
|
7
|
5530 * Return value like strcmp(p, q), but consider path separators.
|
|
|
5531 */
|
|
|
5532 int
|
|
39
|
5533 pathcmp(p, q, maxlen)
|
|
7
|
5534 const char *p, *q;
|
|
39
|
5535 int maxlen;
|
|
7
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 int i;
|
|
41
|
5538 const char *s = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5539
|
|
39
|
5540 for (i = 0; maxlen < 0 || i < maxlen; ++i)
|
|
7
|
5541 {
|
|
|
5542 /* End of "p": check if "q" also ends or just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5543 if (p[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5544 {
|
|
|
5545 if (q[i] == NUL) /* full match */
|
|
|
5546 return 0;
|
|
|
5547 s = q;
|
|
|
5548 break;
|
|
|
5549 }
|
|
|
5550
|
|
|
5551 /* End of "q": check if "p" just has a slash. */
|
|
|
5552 if (q[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 s = p;
|
|
|
5555 break;
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 if (
|
|
|
5559 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
5560 TOUPPER_LOC(p[i]) != TOUPPER_LOC(q[i])
|
|
|
5561 #else
|
|
|
5562 p[i] != q[i]
|
|
|
5563 #endif
|
|
|
5564 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
|
5565 /* consider '/' and '\\' to be equal */
|
|
|
5566 && !((p[i] == '/' && q[i] == '\\')
|
|
|
5567 || (p[i] == '\\' && q[i] == '/'))
|
|
|
5568 #endif
|
|
|
5569 )
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 if (vim_ispathsep(p[i]))
|
|
|
5572 return -1;
|
|
|
5573 if (vim_ispathsep(q[i]))
|
|
|
5574 return 1;
|
|
|
5575 return ((char_u *)p)[i] - ((char_u *)q)[i]; /* no match */
|
|
|
5576 }
|
|
|
5577 }
|
|
41
|
5578 if (s == NULL) /* "i" ran into "maxlen" */
|
|
|
5579 return 0;
|
|
7
|
5580
|
|
|
5581 /* ignore a trailing slash, but not "//" or ":/" */
|
|
41
|
5582 if (s[i + 1] == NUL
|
|
|
5583 && i > 0
|
|
|
5584 && !after_pathsep((char_u *)s, (char_u *)s + i)
|
|
7
|
5585 #ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
|
|
41
|
5586 && (s[i] == '/' || s[i] == '\\')
|
|
7
|
5587 #else
|
|
41
|
5588 && s[i] == '/'
|
|
7
|
5589 #endif
|
|
41
|
5590 )
|
|
7
|
5591 return 0; /* match with trailing slash */
|
|
|
5592 if (s == q)
|
|
|
5593 return -1; /* no match */
|
|
|
5594 return 1;
|
|
|
5595 }
|
|
|
5596 #endif
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 /*
|
|
|
5599 * The putenv() implementation below comes from the "screen" program.
|
|
|
5600 * Included with permission from Juergen Weigert.
|
|
|
5601 * See pty.c for the copyright notice.
|
|
|
5602 */
|
|
|
5603
|
|
|
5604 /*
|
|
|
5605 * putenv -- put value into environment
|
|
|
5606 *
|
|
|
5607 * Usage: i = putenv (string)
|
|
|
5608 * int i;
|
|
|
5609 * char *string;
|
|
|
5610 *
|
|
|
5611 * where string is of the form <name>=<value>.
|
|
|
5612 * Putenv returns 0 normally, -1 on error (not enough core for malloc).
|
|
|
5613 *
|
|
|
5614 * Putenv may need to add a new name into the environment, or to
|
|
|
5615 * associate a value longer than the current value with a particular
|
|
|
5616 * name. So, to make life simpler, putenv() copies your entire
|
|
|
5617 * environment into the heap (i.e. malloc()) from the stack
|
|
|
5618 * (i.e. where it resides when your process is initiated) the first
|
|
|
5619 * time you call it.
|
|
|
5620 *
|
|
|
5621 * (history removed, not very interesting. See the "screen" sources.)
|
|
|
5622 */
|
|
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 #if !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV)
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 #define EXTRASIZE 5 /* increment to add to env. size */
|
|
|
5627
|
|
|
5628 static int envsize = -1; /* current size of environment */
|
|
|
5629 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
5630 extern
|
|
|
5631 #endif
|
|
|
5632 char **environ; /* the global which is your env. */
|
|
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 static int findenv __ARGS((char *name)); /* look for a name in the env. */
|
|
|
5635 static int newenv __ARGS((void)); /* copy env. from stack to heap */
|
|
|
5636 static int moreenv __ARGS((void)); /* incr. size of env. */
|
|
|
5637
|
|
|
5638 int
|
|
|
5639 putenv(string)
|
|
|
5640 const char *string;
|
|
|
5641 {
|
|
|
5642 int i;
|
|
|
5643 char *p;
|
|
|
5644
|
|
|
5645 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5646 { /* first time putenv called */
|
|
|
5647 if (newenv() < 0) /* copy env. to heap */
|
|
|
5648 return -1;
|
|
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 i = findenv((char *)string); /* look for name in environment */
|
|
|
5652
|
|
|
5653 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5654 { /* name must be added */
|
|
|
5655 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++);
|
|
|
5656 if (i >= (envsize - 1))
|
|
|
5657 { /* need new slot */
|
|
|
5658 if (moreenv() < 0)
|
|
|
5659 return -1;
|
|
|
5660 }
|
|
|
5661 p = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(string) + 1));
|
|
|
5662 if (p == NULL) /* not enough core */
|
|
|
5663 return -1;
|
|
|
5664 environ[i + 1] = 0; /* new end of env. */
|
|
|
5665 }
|
|
|
5666 else
|
|
|
5667 { /* name already in env. */
|
|
|
5668 p = vim_realloc(environ[i], strlen(string) + 1);
|
|
|
5669 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5670 return -1;
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 sprintf(p, "%s", string); /* copy into env. */
|
|
|
5673 environ[i] = p;
|
|
|
5674
|
|
|
5675 return 0;
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677
|
|
|
5678 static int
|
|
|
5679 findenv(name)
|
|
|
5680 char *name;
|
|
|
5681 {
|
|
|
5682 char *namechar, *envchar;
|
|
|
5683 int i, found;
|
|
|
5684
|
|
|
5685 found = 0;
|
|
|
5686 for (i = 0; environ[i] && !found; i++)
|
|
|
5687 {
|
|
|
5688 envchar = environ[i];
|
|
|
5689 namechar = name;
|
|
|
5690 while (*namechar && *namechar != '=' && (*namechar == *envchar))
|
|
|
5691 {
|
|
|
5692 namechar++;
|
|
|
5693 envchar++;
|
|
|
5694 }
|
|
|
5695 found = ((*namechar == '\0' || *namechar == '=') && *envchar == '=');
|
|
|
5696 }
|
|
|
5697 return found ? i - 1 : -1;
|
|
|
5698 }
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 static int
|
|
|
5701 newenv()
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 char **env, *elem;
|
|
|
5704 int i, esize;
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5707 /* for Mac a new, empty environment is created */
|
|
|
5708 i = 0;
|
|
|
5709 #else
|
|
|
5710 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5711 ;
|
|
|
5712 #endif
|
|
|
5713 esize = i + EXTRASIZE + 1;
|
|
|
5714 env = (char **)alloc((unsigned)(esize * sizeof (elem)));
|
|
|
5715 if (env == NULL)
|
|
|
5716 return -1;
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 #ifndef MACOS
|
|
|
5719 for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++)
|
|
|
5720 {
|
|
|
5721 elem = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(environ[i]) + 1));
|
|
|
5722 if (elem == NULL)
|
|
|
5723 return -1;
|
|
|
5724 env[i] = elem;
|
|
|
5725 strcpy(elem, environ[i]);
|
|
|
5726 }
|
|
|
5727 #endif
|
|
|
5728
|
|
|
5729 env[i] = 0;
|
|
|
5730 environ = env;
|
|
|
5731 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5732 return 0;
|
|
|
5733 }
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 static int
|
|
|
5736 moreenv()
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
|
5738 int esize;
|
|
|
5739 char **env;
|
|
|
5740
|
|
|
5741 esize = envsize + EXTRASIZE;
|
|
|
5742 env = (char **)vim_realloc((char *)environ, esize * sizeof (*env));
|
|
|
5743 if (env == 0)
|
|
|
5744 return -1;
|
|
|
5745 environ = env;
|
|
|
5746 envsize = esize;
|
|
|
5747 return 0;
|
|
|
5748 }
|
|
|
5749
|
|
|
5750 # ifdef USE_VIMPTY_GETENV
|
|
|
5751 char_u *
|
|
|
5752 vimpty_getenv(string)
|
|
|
5753 const char_u *string;
|
|
|
5754 {
|
|
|
5755 int i;
|
|
|
5756 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 if (envsize < 0)
|
|
|
5759 return NULL;
|
|
|
5760
|
|
|
5761 i = findenv((char *)string);
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
5764 return NULL;
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 p = vim_strchr((char_u *)environ[i], '=');
|
|
|
5767 return (p + 1);
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
|
5769 # endif
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 #endif /* !defined(HAVE_SETENV) && !defined(HAVE_PUTENV) */
|
|
313
|
5772
|
|
741
|
5773 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
313
|
5774 /*
|
|
|
5775 * Return 0 for not writable, 1 for writable file, 2 for a dir which we have
|
|
|
5776 * rights to write into.
|
|
|
5777 */
|
|
|
5778 int
|
|
|
5779 filewritable(fname)
|
|
|
5780 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
5781 {
|
|
|
5782 int retval = 0;
|
|
|
5783 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5784 int perm = 0;
|
|
|
5785 #endif
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5788 perm = mch_getperm(fname);
|
|
|
5789 #endif
|
|
|
5790 #ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC /* TODO: get either mch_writable or mch_access */
|
|
|
5791 if (
|
|
|
5792 # ifdef WIN3264
|
|
|
5793 mch_writable(fname) &&
|
|
|
5794 # else
|
|
|
5795 # if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS)
|
|
|
5796 (perm & 0222) &&
|
|
|
5797 # endif
|
|
|
5798 # endif
|
|
|
5799 mch_access((char *)fname, W_OK) == 0
|
|
|
5800 )
|
|
|
5801 #endif
|
|
|
5802 {
|
|
|
5803 ++retval;
|
|
|
5804 if (mch_isdir(fname))
|
|
|
5805 ++retval;
|
|
|
5806 }
|
|
|
5807 return retval;
|
|
|
5808 }
|
|
|
5809 #endif
|
|
332
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 /*
|
|
|
5812 * Print an error message with one or two "%s" and one or two string arguments.
|
|
|
5813 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5814 */
|
|
|
5815 int
|
|
|
5816 emsg3(s, a1, a2)
|
|
|
5817 char_u *s, *a1, *a2;
|
|
|
5818 {
|
|
839
|
5819 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL
|
|
|
5820 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 't') == NULL)
|
|
332
|
5821 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5822 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5823 #endif
|
|
|
5824 )
|
|
|
5825 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5826 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, (long)a1, (long)a2);
|
|
|
5827 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5828 }
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 /*
|
|
|
5831 * Print an error message with one "%ld" and one long int argument.
|
|
|
5832 * This is not in message.c to avoid a warning for prototypes.
|
|
|
5833 */
|
|
|
5834 int
|
|
|
5835 emsgn(s, n)
|
|
|
5836 char_u *s;
|
|
|
5837 long n;
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
839
|
5839 if ((emsg_off > 0 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 'm') == NULL
|
|
|
5840 && vim_strchr(p_debug, 't') == NULL)
|
|
332
|
5841 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5842 || emsg_skip > 0
|
|
|
5843 #endif
|
|
|
5844 )
|
|
|
5845 return TRUE; /* no error messages at the moment */
|
|
|
5846 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, (char *)s, n);
|
|
|
5847 return emsg(IObuff);
|
|
|
5848 }
|
|
|
5849
|
